EPSON AL M8150DN User Manual

3
4
>
Introduction to the Manuals  
e following manuals are supplied with your Epson printer. As well as the manuals, check the various types of  
help information available from the printer itself or from the Epson soſtware applications.  
Setup Guide (paper manual)  
Provides you with information on setting up the printer and installing the soſtware.  
User's Guide (digital manual)  
is manual. is manual is available as PDF and Web manuals. Provides overall information and instructions  
on using the printer, on network settings when using the printer on a network, and on solving problems.  
You can obtain the latest versions of the above manuals with the following methods.  
Paper manual  
Visit the Epson Europe support website at http://www.epson.eu/support, or the Epson worldwide support  
Digital manual  
To view the Web manual, visit the following website, enter the product name, and then go to Support.  
Searching for Information  
e PDF manual allows you to search for information you are looking for by keyword, or jump directly to specific  
sections using the bookmarks. is section explains how to use a PDF manual that has been opened in Adobe  
Acrobat Reader DC on your computer.  
Searching by keyword  
Click Edit > Advanced Search. Enter the keyword (text) for information you want to find in the search window,  
and then click Search. Hits are displayed as a list. Click one of the displayed hits to jump to that page.  
Jumping directly from bookmarks  
Click a title to jump to that page. Click + or > to view the lower level titles in that section. To return to the previous  
page, perform the following operation on your keyboard.  
Windows: Hold down Alt. and then press .  
6
   
>
>
Mac OS: Hold down the command key, and then press .  
Printing Only the Pages You Need  
You can extract and print only the pages you need. Click Print in the File menu, and then specify the pages you  
want to print in Pages in Pages to Print.  
To specify a series of pages, enter a hyphen between the start page and the end page.  
Example: 20-25  
To specify pages that are not in series, divide the pages with commas.  
Example: 5, 10, 15  
About This Manual  
is section explains the meaning of marks and symbols, notes on descriptions, and operating system reference  
information used in this manual.  
Marks and Symbols  
Warning:  
!
Instructions that must be followed carefully to avoid serious bodily injury.  
Caution:  
!
Instructions that must be followed carefully to avoid bodily injury.  
7
     
>
>
cImportant:  
Instructions that must be observed to avoid damage to your equipment.  
Note:  
Provides complementary and reference information.  
Related Information  
& Links to related sections.  
Notes on Screenshots and Illustrations  
Screenshots of the printer driver are from Windows 10 or macOS High Sierra. e content displayed on the  
screens varies depending on the model and situation.  
Illustrations used in this manual are examples only. Although there may be slight differences depending on the  
model, the method of operation is the same.  
Some of the menu items on the LCD screen vary depending on the model and settings.  
You can read the QR code using dedicated app.  
Operating System References  
Windows  
In this manual, terms such as "Windows 10", "Windows 8.1", "Windows 8", "Windows 7", "Windows Vista",  
"Windows XP", "Windows Server 2019", "Windows Server 2016", "Windows Server 2012 R2", "Windows Server  
2012", "Windows Server 2008 R2", "Windows Server 2008", "Windows Server 2003 R2", and "Windows Server  
2003" refer to the following operating systems. Additionally, "Windows" is used to refer to all versions.  
Microsoſt Windows 10 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows 8.1 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows 8 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows 7 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows Vista operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows XP operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows XP Professional x64 Edition operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows Server 2019 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows Server 2016 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows Server 2012 R2 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows Server 2012 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows Server 2008 R2 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows Server 2008 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows Server 2003 R2 operating system  
®
®
Microsoſt Windows Server 2003 operating system  
®
®
8
   
>
Mac OS  
In this manual, "Mac OS" is used to refer to Mac OS X v10.6.8 or later.  
Trademarks  
EPSON is a registered trademark, and EPSON EXCEED YOUR VISION or EXCEED YOUR VISION is a  
®
trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.  
EPSON ESC/Page and ESC/P are registered trademarks of Seiko Epson Corporation.  
QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and other countries.  
e SuperSpeed USB Trident Logo is a registered trademark of USB Implementers Forum, Inc.  
Microsoſt , Windows , Windows Server , and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoſt  
®
®
®
®
Corporation.  
Apple, Mac, macOS, OS X, Bonjour, ColorSync, Safari, AirPrint, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, iTunes, and  
TrueType are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.  
Use of the Works with Apple badge means that an accessory has been designed to work specifically with the  
technology identified in the badge and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance  
standards.  
Chrome, Google Play, and Android are trademarks of Google LLC.  
Adobe, Acrobat, Photoshop, PostScript 3™, and Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of  
®
Adobe in the United States and/or other countries.  
Albertus, Arial, Coronet, Gill Sans, Joanna and Times New Roman are trademarks of e Monotype  
Corporation registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain  
jurisdictions.  
ITC Avant Garde Gothic, ITC Bookman, Lubalin Graph, Mona Lisa, ITC Symbol, Zapf Chancery and Zapf  
Dingbats are trademarks of International Typeface Corporation registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark  
Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions.  
Clarendon, Eurostile and New Century Schoolbook are trademarks of Linotype GmbH registered in the U.S.  
Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions.  
Wingdings is a registered trademark of Microsoſt Corporation in the United States and other countries.  
CG Omega, CG Times, Garamond Antiqua, Garamond Halbfett, Garamond Kursiv, Garamond Halbfett Kursiv  
are trademarks of Monotype Imaging, Inc. and may be registered in certain jurisdictions.  
Antique Olive is a trademark of M. Olive.  
Marigold and Oxford are trademarks of AlphaOmega Typography.  
Helvetica, Optima, Palatino, Times and Univers are trademarks of Linotype Corp. registered in the U.S. Patent  
and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype Corp. or its  
licensee Linotype GmbH.  
ITC Avant Garde Gothic, Bookman, Zapf Chancery and Zapf Dingbats are trademarks of International  
Typeface Corporation registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in  
certain jurisdictions.  
PCL is the registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.  
Firefox is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation in the U.S. and other countries.  
HP and HP LaserJet are registered trademarks of the Hewlett-Packard Company.  
9
 
>
Mopria and the Mopria Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks and service marks of Mopria  
®
®
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.  
General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks  
of their respective owners. Epson disclaims any and all rights in those marks.  
Copyright  
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any  
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of  
Seiko Epson Corporation. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained  
herein. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information herein. e  
information contained herein is designed only for use with this Epson product. Epson is not responsible for any  
use of this information as applied to other products.  
Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties for  
damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by the purchaser or third parties as a result of accident, misuse, or  
abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or alterations to this product, or (excluding the U.S.)  
failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation's operating and maintenance instructions.  
Seiko Epson Corporation and its affiliates shall not be liable for any damages or problems arising from the use of  
any options or any consumable products other than those designated as Original Epson Products or Epson  
Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.  
Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be held liable for any damage resulting from electromagnetic interference that  
occurs from the use of any interface cables other than those designated as Epson Approved Products by Seiko  
Epson Corporation.  
© 2020 Seiko Epson Corporation  
e contents of this manual and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.  
10  
 
>
>
Important Safety Instructions  
Setting Up the Printer  
Because the printer is heavy, one person should not liſt or carry it. Two people should carry the printer, liſting it  
by the correct positions as shown below. Do not touch the projections on the bottom of the printer that are for  
connecting an optional paper cassette.  
When moving the printer, always keep it horizontal.  
If you are unable to insert the AC plug into the electrical outlet, contact an electrician.  
Do not connect to an uninterruptible power source. If you connect to one, it may cause malfunctions or  
damage.  
Be sure the AC power cord meets the relevant local safety standards. Use only the power cord that comes with  
this product. Use of another cord may result in fire or electric shock. is product’s power cord is for use with  
this product only. Use with other equipment may result in fire or electric shock.  
If damage occurs to the plug, replace the cord set or consult a qualified electrician. If there are fuses in the plug,  
make sure you replace them with fuses of the correct size and rating.  
Use a grounded outlet that matches the printers power plug. Do not use an adapter plug.  
Avoid using an electrical outlet that is controlled by wall switches or automatic timers. Accidental disruption of  
power can erase valuable information in your computer’s and printers memory.  
Make sure that there is no dust on the socket.  
Be sure to insert the plug completely into the electrical outlet.  
12  
   
>
>
Do not handle the plug with wet hands.  
Unplug this printer from the wall outlet and refer servicing to a qualified service representative under the  
following conditions:  
A.  
B.  
C.  
D.  
When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed.  
If liquid has been spilled into it.  
If it has been exposed to rain or water.  
If it does not operate normally when the operating instructions are followed. Adjust only those controls that are  
covered by the operating instructions since improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will  
often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the product to normal operation.  
E.  
F.  
If it has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.  
If it exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need for service.  
Avoid sharing outlets with other appliances.  
Connect all equipment to properly grounded power outlets. Avoid using outlets on the same circuit as  
photocopiers or air control systems that regularly switch on and off.  
Connect your printer to an electrical outlet that meets the power requirements of this printer. Your printers  
power requirements are indicated on a label attached to the printer. If you are not sure of the power supply  
specifications in your area, contact your local power company or consult your dealer.  
If you use an extension cord, make sure that the total of the ampere ratings on the products plugged into the  
extension cord does not exceed the extension cord ampere rating.  
When connecting this product to a computer or other device with a cable, ensure the correct orientation of the  
connectors. Each connector has only one correct orientation. Inserting a connector in the wrong orientation  
may damage both devices connected by the cable.  
Use only optional products, such as the paper cassette units and the printer stand, produced specifically for this  
product. Using options produced for other products may cause the product to fall over and injure someone.  
When liſting the printer onto the optional printer stand, be sure to lock the stands casters.  
Finding the Place for the Printer  
When relocating the printer, always choose a location that has adequate space for easy operation and maintenance.  
Use the following illustration as a guide for the amount of space required around the printer to ensure smooth  
operation.  
13  
 
>
>
Note:  
Figures are rounded off to the nearest whole number.  
A
B
400 mm  
200 mm *  
100 mm  
600 mm  
300 mm  
C
D
E
* 500 mm when face-up tray is installed.  
In addition to space considerations, always heed the following precautions when finding a place to locate the  
printer:  
Place the printer near an electrical outlet where you can easily plug in and unplug the power cord.  
Do not put your printer where the cord will be stepped on.  
Do not use printer in a damp environment.  
Avoid locations that are subject to direct sunlight, excessive heat, moisture, oil vapor, or dust.  
Avoid locations that are subject to the air coming directly from an air conditioner.  
Do not place the printer on an unstable surface.  
Slots and openings in the cabinet and the back or bottom are provided for ventilation. Do not block or cover  
them. Do not put the printer on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface or in a built-in installation unless  
proper ventilation is provided.  
Keep the entire computer and printer system away from potential sources of interference, such as loudspeakers  
or the base units of cordless telephones.  
14  
>
>
Leave adequate room around the printer to allow for sufficient ventilation.  
Using the Printer  
Some of the symbols used on your printer are to ensure safety and proper use of the printer. Visit the following  
web site to learn the meaning of the symbols:  
CAUTION: Hot surface  
Be careful not to touch the fuser, which is marked with a caution label, or the surrounding areas. If the printer has  
been in use, the fuser and the surrounding areas may be very hot. If you must touch one of these areas, wait 40  
minutes to allow the heat to subside before doing so.  
Do not touch the Sharp edges  
Be careful of the sharp edges. Do not touch the sharp edges. It may hurt your fingers, etc.  
Be careful not to touch the fuser unit, which is marked with a caution label, or the surrounding areas. If the  
printer has been in use, the fuser unit and the surrounding areas may be very hot. If you must touch one of  
these areas, turn off the printer and wait for at least 40 minutes to allow the heat to disperse before doing so.  
15  
 
>
>
Be careful not to touch anywhere near the transfer roller, which is marked with a caution label, or the  
surrounding areas. ere are sharp edges around the transfer roller that could injure your fingers. Be careful not  
to touch these edges.  
Be careful not to touch the fuser unit cover, which is marked with a caution label, or the surrounding areas. If  
the printer has been in use, the fuser unit cover and the surrounding areas may be very hot. If you must touch  
one of these areas, turn off the printer and wait for at least 40 minutes to allow the heat to disperse before doing  
so.  
16  
>
>
e connector at the bottom of the printer has sharp edges that could injure your fingers. Be careful not to  
touch these edges.  
Do not insert your hand deep into the fuser unit as some components are sharp and may cause injury.  
Never push objects of any kind through cabinet slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out  
parts that could result in a risk of fire or electric shock.  
Do not sit or lean on the printer. Do not put heavy objects on the printer.  
When optional paper cassettes are installed, do not open two or more paper cassettes at the same time. e  
open can unbalance the printer, and if any pressure is placed on the back of it, it may fall over and cause an  
injury.  
Do not use any kind of combustible gases in or around the printer.  
Never force the printers components into place. Although the printer is designed to be sturdy, rough handling  
can damage it.  
Do not leave jammed paper inside the printer. is can cause the printer to overheat.  
Never spill liquid of any kind on the printer.  
Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions. Improper adjustment of other controls  
may result in damage and may require repair by a qualified service representative.  
Do not turn off the printer:  
-Aſter turning on the printer, wait until the home screen is displayed on the LCD screen.  
-While the Data light is on or flashing.  
-While printing.  
-While firmware is updating.  
Avoid touching the components inside the printer unless instructed to do so in this guide.  
Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the printer.  
Except as specifically explained in the printers documentation, do not attempt to service this product yourself.  
Periodically disconnect the plug from the electrical outlet and clean the blades.  
Do not disconnect the plug while the printer is on.  
If the printer will not be used for a long time, disconnect the plug from the electrical outlet.  
17  
>
>
Unplug this printer from the wall outlet before cleaning.  
Use a well-wrung cloth for cleaning and do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners.  
Handling the Consumable Products and Maintenance Parts  
Do not burn used consumable products and maintenance parts because they might explode and injure  
someone. Dispose of them according to local regulations.  
Be sure to keep consumable products and maintenance parts out of the reach of children.  
When handling a toner cartridge, always place it on a clean, smooth surface.  
Do not attempt to modify or take it apart consumable products and maintenance parts.  
Do not touch the toner. Always keep toner away from your eyes. If toner gets on your skin or clothes, wash it off  
with soap and water immediately.  
If toner is spilled, use a broom and dustpan or a damp cloth with soap and water to clean it up. Because the fine  
particles can cause a fire or explosion if they come into contact with a spark, do not use a vacuum cleaner.  
Wait at least one hour before using a toner cartridge aſter moving it from a cool to a warm environment to  
prevent damage from condensation.  
To get the best print quality, do not store the toner cartridge in an area subject to direct sunlight, dust, salty air,  
or corrosive gases (such as ammonia). Avoid locations subject to extreme or rapid changes in temperature or  
humidity.  
Do not touch the transfer roller to avoid damaging it.  
Do not let the papers edge slide across your skin because the edge of the paper may cut you.  
Safety Information  
Laser Safety Labels  
Warning:  
!
e performance of procedures and adjustments other than those specified in the printer’s documentation may result  
in hazardous radiation exposure. Your printer is a Class 1 laser product as defined in the IEC60825 specifications.  
e label similar to the one shown below is attached to the back of the printer in countries where required.  
18  
     
>
Internal Laser Radiation  
ere is a Class III b Laser Diode Assembly that has an invisible laser beam inside the printer head unit. e  
printer head unit is NOT A SERVICE ITEM, therefore, the printer head unit should not be opened under any  
circumstances. An additional laser warning label is affixed to the inside of the printer.  
Ozone Safety  
Ozone Emission  
Ozone gas is generated by laser printers as a by-product of the printing process. Ozone is produced only when the  
printer is printing.  
Ozone Exposure Limit  
e Epson laser printer generates less than 1.5 mg/h of continuous printing.  
Minimize the Risk  
To minimize the risk of exposure to ozone, you should avoid the following conditions:  
Use of multiple laser printers in a confined area  
Operation in conditions of extremely low humidity  
Poor room ventilation  
Long, continuous printing together with any of the above  
Printer Location  
e printer should be located so that the exhaust gases and heat generated are:  
Not blown directly into the users face  
Vented directly out of the building whenever possible  
Protecting Your Personal Information  
When you give the printer to someone else or dispose of it, erase all the personal information stored in the printer's  
memory by selecting Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Restore Default Settings > All  
Settings on the control panel. Also, make sure you delete the printer's internal memory data by selecting Settings  
> General Settings > System Administration > Clear Internal Memory Data on the control panel.  
19  
     
>
Front  
Control panel  
Allows you to make settings and perform operations on the printer.  
Also displays the printer's status.  
A
B
Face up tray*  
Holds the ejected paper.  
Paper size setting dial  
Paper cassette 1 (C1)  
Selects the paper size to be loaded in the paper tray.  
Loads paper.  
C
D
E
Paper cassette 2, 3, 4, 5 (C2, C3, C4, C5) *  
Optional paper cassette units. Loads paper.  
Cassette 5 is only available for theAL-M8250DN/AL-M8150DN.  
Printer stand*  
Optional printer stand. The stand has casters allowing you to easily  
move the printer.  
F
Paper tray (MP)  
Paper support  
Output tray  
Loads all paper types supported by the printer.  
Supports loaded paper.  
G
H
I
Holds the ejected paper.  
*
Optional item. See the Related Information below for details.  
Related Information  
21  
 
>
Inside  
Printer cover (A)  
Lever  
Open when replacing toner cartridge.  
Pull toward you to replace the toner cartridge.  
Contains the toner for printing.  
A
B
C
Toner cartridge  
Printer cover (A)  
Front cover (F)  
Open when replacing toner cartridge.  
A
B
Open when pulling out the development unit to remove jammed  
paper.  
22  
 
>
Development unit  
Contains the developer and the toner.  
C
Waste toner collector cover (E)  
Waste toner collector  
Open when replacing the waste toner collector.  
Collects toner wasted during printing.  
A
B
Rear  
Vent  
Releases heat from the inside of the printer. There are also vents on  
the lateral sides of the printer. Do not cover the vents when placing  
the printer.  
A
23  
 
>
Fuser unit cover  
Rear cover (B)  
Open when removing jammed paper inside the printer.  
B
C
Additional interface slot  
Insert an optional interface card.  
A
Only for theAL-M8250DN/AL-M8150DN.  
USB port  
Connects a USB cable to connect with a computer.  
USB port for future use. Do not remove the cap.  
Connects a LAN cable.  
B
C
D
E
Service USB port  
LAN port  
AC inlet  
Connects the power cord.  
24  
>
Control Panel  
Displays menus and messages.  
Turns the printer on or off.  
A
B
This turns on when you turn on the printer and flashes when the printer enters sleep mode. Press the button to  
wake the printer from sleep mode.  
Unplug the power cord when the power light is off.  
Displays the Paper Setting screen. You can select the paper size and paper type settings for each paper source.  
Returns to the previous screen.  
C
D
E
F
Flashes or turns on when an error occurs.  
Flashes when the printer is processing data.  
It turns on when there are queued jobs.  
Applies to a variety of functions depending on the situation.  
G
H
Move the focus using the l u r d buttons to select the items, and then press the OK button to confirm your  
selection or run the selected feature.  
Stops the current operation.  
Displays the home screen.  
I
J
26  
 
>
>
Home Screen Configuration  
You can check the status of the printer and the consumables.  
A
B
Displays the network connection status. See the following for more details.  
Displays the Sound screen.  
C
You can set Mute and Normal Mode. You can also make this setting from the Settings menu.  
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sound  
Indicates that Mute is set for the printer.  
Displays the Help screen. You can view the operating instructions or the solutions to problems.  
D
Enters the printer into sleep mode. When the icon is grayed out, the printer cannot enter sleep  
mode.  
E
F
Displays each menu.  
Print From Internal Memory  
Allows you to temporarily save jobs sent from the printer driver to the printer's memory before printing. You can  
print a password protected job and test prints when printing multiple copies.  
Settings  
Allows you to make settings related to printer operations.  
Guide to the Network Icon  
The printer is not connected to a wired (Ethernet) network or unset it.  
The printer is connected to a wired (Ethernet) network.  
27  
   
>
Menu Screen Configuration  
A
When  
is displayed, you can view additional information by pressing  
button.  
Available buttons are displayed.  
B
Entering Characters  
You can enter characters and symbols by using on-screen keyboard when you make network settings and so on.  
Indicates the character count.  
A
B
C
Moves the cursor to the input position.  
Switches between upper case and lower case.  
28  
   
>
Switches the character type.  
ABC: Alphabet  
D
123#: Numbers and symbols  
Enters frequently used email domain addresses or URLs by simply selecting the item.  
E
F
G
H
Enters a space.  
Enters character.  
Deletes a character to the left. Deletes a character to the right when the cursor is at the start of the line and there are  
no characters to the left.  
Viewing Animations  
You can view animations of operating instructions such as loading paper or removing jammed paper on the LCD  
screen.  
Select : Displays the help screen. Select How To and select the items that you want to view.  
Select How To at the bottom of the operation screen: Displays the context-sensitive animation.  
29  
 
>
Paper Handling Precautions  
Paper  
Check the available paper and capacities.  
Fan and align the edges of the paper before loading.  
If the paper is curled, flatten it or curl it slightly in the opposite direction before loading.  
If paper feed problems occur, load paper upside down.  
Envelope  
Depending on the type of envelope, storage and printing environment, and printing method, wrinkles may be  
noticeable. We recommend performing a test print.  
If you cannot feed envelopes correctly, try reducing the number of envelopes and you may be able to feed them  
correctly.  
If you cannot feed envelopes correctly even if the leading edge of the envelope is firmly inserted into the paper  
tray, make sure the leading edge of the envelope is not curled down. If it is curled, flatten it and then reload it.  
Related Information  
31  
 
>
Paper Size and Type Settings  
If you register the paper size and type on the screen displayed when you insert the paper cassette, the printer  
informs you when the registered information and print settings differ. is can help prevent poor toner fusing or  
paper feed problems when printing due to paper type mismatches, which saves you from wasting paper and toner.  
If displayed paper size and type differ from the loaded paper, select the item to change. If the settings match the  
loaded paper, close the screen.  
Note:  
You can also display the paper size and paper type settings screen by pressing the  
You cannot select the paper size if the paper size setting dial is not set to Panel.  
button on the control panel.  
Loading Paper  
You can load paper by referring to the animations displayed on the printer's LCD screen.  
Select  
, and then select How To > Load paper. Select the paper type and paper source you want to use to  
display the animations. Select Finish to close the animation screen.  
32  
   
>
cImportant:  
Do not pull out two or more paper cassettes at the same time. Doing so may cause the printer to become unstable  
and fall down.  
Do not pull out a paper cassette while printing.  
Do not push the paper cassette with too much force. Doing so may cause the paper to become misaligned causing  
a skewed feed or paper jam.  
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specified for envelopes as it may cause paper feed  
problems.  
Be sure to adjust the edge guide to the size of the paper being loaded. If the paper size is incorrect, it may cause a  
paper feed problem, paper jam, or error.  
If setting for the paper size setting dial differs from the loaded paper size, paper jams or errors may occur. Make  
sure these settings match.  
If the paper type is not set correctly, it may cause printing problems.  
When printing on paper other than standard paper, be sure to specify the paper size in User Defined Size  
(Windows) / Manage Custom Size (Mac OS) in the printer driver. If you continue to print with a different  
paper size selected, the fuser inside the printer may be damaged.  
Note:  
If the paper runs out during printing, a buzzer will sound. You can adjust the volume to High, Medium, Low, or Off. If  
Mute is set on the control panel, the buzzer does not sound.  
Related Information  
Loading Envelopes  
Load envelopes with the printable side facing up in the paper tray.  
Paper Eject Setting  
Eject the paper with the printed side facing down. For A4 size plain paper, you can eject up to 550 sheets at a time.  
For paper that can be loaded vertically or horizontally (A4/A5), you can change the paper ejection direction. In  
addition, when printing in sets, the sets can be output alternately vertically and horizontally making them easier to  
stack.  
33  
   
>
>
Selecting Paper Eject Direction  
1.  
When paper is loaded in the paper tray, set the paper size (direction) on the control panel.  
Setting items: Paper Size  
Setting values: A4  
, A4  
, A5  
, A5  
2.  
Specify the paper output direction in the printer driver.  
Windows: Main > Paper Output Settings  
Mac OS: Print Settings > Output Direction  
When you select Non-standard, you can print and eject on a paper source that has been loaded in a different  
direction from the standard (A4 landscape/A5 portrait).  
Ejecting Paper in Portrait or Landscape Alternately  
1.  
Load A4 size paper horizontally in one of the paper sources and vertically in the other.  
2.  
If paper is loaded in the paper tray, set the paper size (orientation) on the control panel.  
Setting items: Paper Size  
Setting values: A4  
, A4  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Select Collated in the printer driver, and set the paper source to Auto Select.  
Windows: Main > Paper Source  
Mac OS: Print Settings > Paper Source  
Select Standard and Non-standard Alternately in the output settings.  
Windows: Main > Paper Output Settings  
Mac OS: Print Settings > Output Direction  
Specify the number of copies, and then print.  
34  
   
>
>
Printing Documents  
Printing from a Computer - Windows  
If you cannot change some of the printer driver settings, they may have been restricted by the administrator.  
Contact your printer administrator for assistance.  
Printing Using Easy Settings  
Note:  
Operations may differ depending on the application. See the application's help for details.  
1.  
Load paper in the printer.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Open the file you want to print.  
Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu.  
Select your printer.  
Select Preferences or Properties to access the printer driver window.  
36  
     
>
>
6.  
Change the settings as necessary.  
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.  
Note:  
You can also see the online help for explanations of the setting items. Right-clicking an item displays Help.  
When you only want to print on one side of the paper, set 2-Sided Printing to Off.  
When you select Print Preview, you can see a preview of your document before printing.  
7.  
8.  
Click OK to close the printer driver window.  
Click Print.  
Note:  
If you want to cancel printing, on your computer right-click on your printer in Devices and Printers, Printer, or in  
Printers and Faxes. Click See what's printing, right-click on the job you want to cancel, and then select Cancel.  
However, you cannot cancel a print job from the computer once it has been completely sent to the printer. In this case,  
cancel the print job by using the printer's control panel.  
Related Information  
Menu Options for the Printer Driver  
Open the print window in an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.  
Note:  
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.  
Main Tab  
Printing Presets:  
Add/Remove Presets:  
You can add or remove your own presets for frequently used print settings. Select the preset you want  
to use from the list.  
Printer Cassette Info:  
Click to open the EPSON Status Monitor that can help you check the printer status. You need to  
install EPSON Status Monitor to enable this feature. You can download it from the Epson website.  
Show Settings/Hide Settings:  
Displays a list of items currently set on the Main and More Options tabs. You can show or hide the  
current setting list screen.  
Restore Defaults:  
Return all settings to their factory default values. e settings on the More Options tab are also reset  
to their defaults.  
37  
   
>
>
Print Preview:  
Displays a preview of your document before printing.  
Job Arranger Lite:  
Job Arranger Lite allows you to combine several files created by different applications and print them  
as a single print job.  
Paper Source:  
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed. Select Auto Select to automatically select the  
paper source selected in the print settings on the printer.  
Document Size:  
Select the paper size on which you want to print. If you select User Defined Size, enter the paper  
width and height, and then register the size.  
Output Paper:  
Select the paper size on which you want to print. If the Document Size differs from the Output  
Paper, Reduce/Enlarge Document is selected automatically. You do not have to select it when  
printing without reducing or enlarging the size of a document.  
Reduce/Enlarge Document:  
Allows you to reduce or enlarge the size of a document.  
Fit to Page:  
Automatically reduce or enlarge the document to fit to the paper size selected in Output  
Paper.  
Zoom to:  
Prints with a specific percentage.  
Center:  
Prints images in the center of the paper.  
Paper Type:  
Select the type of paper on which you print. If you select Unspecified, printing is performed from the  
paper source for which the paper type is set to the following in the printer's settings.  
Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, Semi-ick, ick paper1, ick paper2, ick  
paper3, in, Transparency, Labels, or Special  
However, paper cannot be fed from a paper source for which the paper source is set to off in the  
printer's Auto Select Settings.  
Quality:  
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing. Available settings depend on the paper type you  
select. If you select More Settings, you can make additional print quality settings.  
Paper Source Information:  
Displays the paper information set for each paper source.  
38  
>
>
Orientation:  
Select the orientation you want to use to print.  
2-Sided Printing:  
Allows you to perform 2-sided printing.  
Settings:  
You can specify the binding edge and the binding margins. When printing multi-page  
documents, you can select to print starting from either the front or the back side of the page.  
Multi-Page:  
Allows you to print several pages on one sheet or perform poster printing. Click Layout Order to  
specify the order in which pages are printed.  
Reverse Order:  
Allows you to print from the last page so that the pages are stacked in the correct order aſter printing.  
Collated/Uncollated:  
Select Collated to print multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.  
Copies:  
Set the number of copies you want to print.  
Paper Output Settings:  
Selects the paper output orientation for the paper sizes which are supported to be fed in both portrait  
and landscape orientations. If you select the face up as the output tray, install the optional face up  
tray.  
More Options Tab  
Printing Presets:  
Add/Remove Presets:  
You can add or remove your own presets for frequently used print settings. Select the preset you want  
to use from the list.  
Show Settings/Hide Settings:  
Displays a list of items currently set on the Main and More Options tabs. You can show or hide the  
current setting list screen.  
Restore Defaults:  
Return all settings to their factory default values. e settings on the Main tab are also reset to their  
defaults.  
Job Type:  
Select Confidential Job to set a password to protect confidential documents when printing. If you use  
this feature, the print data is stored in the printer and can only be printed aſter the password has been  
entered using the printer's control panel. Click Confidential Job Settings to change the settings.  
39  
 
>
>
Tone Correction:  
Automatic:  
Adjusts the tone of images automatically.  
Custom:  
Allows you to perform manual tone correction. Click Advanced for further settings.  
Image Options:  
Sharpens fine letters and lines. If you want to make thick lines thin, select None. If you select  
Visibility, colored text, graphs, and images will be decorated and printed so that they are easy  
to see when printed in black and white.  
Additional Settings:  
Watermark Features:  
Allows you to make settings for anti-copy patterns, watermarks, or headers and footers.  
Add/Delete:  
Allows you to add or remove any anti-copy patterns or watermarks that you want to use.  
Settings:  
Allows you to set the printing method for anti-copy patterns or watermarks.  
Header/Footer:  
You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers.  
Form Overlay:  
Allows you to print a standard form or letterhead onto original documents.  
Rotate 180°:  
Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing. Select this item when printing on paper such as  
envelopes that are loaded in fixed direction in the printer.  
Maintenance Tab  
Print Status Sheets:  
Print a status sheet with printer information, consumables information, and usage history.  
Job Arranger Lite:  
Opens the Job Arranger Lite window. Here you can open and edit previously saved data.  
EPSON Status Monitor:  
Opens the EPSON Status Monitor window. Here you can confirm the status of the printer and the  
consumables. You need to install EPSON Status Monitor to enable this feature. You can download it  
from the Epson website.  
40  
>
>
Monitoring Preferences:  
Set the monitoring conditions for the EPSON Status Monitor. You need to install EPSON Status  
Monitor to enable this feature. You can download it from the Epson website.  
Extended Settings:  
Allows you to make a variety of settings. Right-click each item to view the Help for more details.  
Print Queue:  
Displays the jobs waiting to be printed. You can check, pause, or resume print jobs.  
Printer and Option Information:  
You can check printer settings and optional device settings.  
Language:  
Changes the language to be used on the printer driver window. To apply the settings, close the printer  
driver, and then open it again.  
Software Update:  
Starts EPSON Soſtware Updater to check for the latest version of applications on the Internet.  
Technical Support:  
If the manual is installed on your computer, the manual is displayed. If it is not installed, you can  
connect to the Epson Web site to check the manual and available technical support.  
Adding Printing Presets for Easy Printing  
If you create your own preset of frequently used print settings on the printer driver, you can print easily by  
selecting the preset from the list.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
On the printer driver's Main or More Options tab, set each item (such as Document Size and Paper Type).  
Click Add/Remove Presets in Printing Presets.  
Enter a Name and, if necessary, enter a comment.  
41  
>
>
4.  
Click Save.  
Note:  
To delete an added preset, click Add/Remove Presets, select the preset name you want to delete from the list, and then  
delete it.  
5.  
Click Print.  
e next time you want to print using the same settings, select the registered setting name from Printing Presets,  
and click OK.  
Related Information  
Printing on 2-Sides  
You can print on both sides of the paper.  
Note:  
If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.  
is needs to be installed if you want to check the printing status with EPSON Status Monitor. You can download it  
from the Epson website.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
On the printer driver's Main tab, select 2-Sided Printing.  
Click Settings, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
4.  
Click Print.  
42  
>
>
Related Information  
Printing a Booklet  
You can also print a booklet that can be created by re-ordering the pages and folding the printout.  
Note:  
If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.  
is needs to be installed if you want to check the printing status with EPSON Status Monitor. You can download it  
from the Epson website.  
1.  
2.  
On the printer driver's Main tab, select the type of long-edge binding you want to use from 2-Sided Printing.  
Click Settings, select Booklet, and then select Center Binding or Side Binding.  
Center Binding: Use this method when printing a small number of pages that can be stacked and easily  
folded in half.  
Side Binding. Use this method when printing one sheet (four pages) at a time, folding each in half, and then  
putting them together in one volume.  
3.  
4.  
Click OK.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
5.  
Click Print.  
43  
>
>
Related Information  
Printing Several Pages on One Sheet  
You can print several pages of data on a single sheet of paper.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
On the printer driver's Main tab, select 2-Up, 4-Up, 6-Up, 8-Up, 9-Up, or 16-Up as the Multi-Page setting.  
Click Layout Order, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
4.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
44  
>
>
Printing to Fit the Paper Size  
Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.  
1.  
On the printer driver's Main tab, make the following settings.  
Document Size: Select the size of the paper you set in the application setting.  
Output Paper: Select the paper size you loaded in the printer.  
Fit to Page is automatically selected.  
Note:  
Click Center to print the reduced image in the middle of the paper.  
2.  
3.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
45  
>
>
Printing a Reduced or Enlarged Document at any Magnification  
You can reduce or enlarge the size of a document by a specific percentage.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
On the printer driver's Main tab, select the document size from the Document Size setting.  
Select the paper size you want to print on from the Output Paper setting.  
Select Zoom to, and then enter a percentage. If you have selected Same as Document Size as the Output  
Paper, select Reduce/Enlarge Document first.  
4.  
5.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
46  
>
>
Printing One Image on Multiple Sheets for Enlargement (Creating a Poster)  
is feature allows you to print one image on multiple sheets of paper. You can create a larger poster by taping  
them together.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
On the printer driver's Main tab, select Off from 2-Sided Printing.  
Select 2x1 Poster, 2x2 Poster, 3x3 Poster, or 4x4 Poster as the Multi-Page setting.  
Click Settings, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.  
Note:  
Print Cutting Guides allows you to print a cutting guide.  
4.  
5.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Making Posters Using Overlapping Alignment Marks  
Here is an example of how to make a poster when 2x2 Poster is selected, and Overlapping Alignment Marks is  
selected in Print Cutting Guides.  
47  
>
>
e actual guides are printed in monochrome, but for this explanation they are shown as blue and red lines.  
1.  
Prepare Sheet 1 and Sheet 2. Cut off the margins of Sheet 1 along the vertical blue line through the center of  
the top and bottom cross marks.  
48  
>
>
2.  
Place the edge of Sheet 1 on top of Sheet 2 and align the cross marks, then temporarily tape the two sheets  
together from the back.  
3.  
Cut the taped sheets in two along the vertical red line through the alignment markers (this time, the line to the  
leſt of the cross marks).  
49  
>
>
4.  
Tape the sheets together from the back.  
5.  
6.  
Repeat steps 1 to 4 to tape Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 together.  
Cut off the margins of Sheet 1 and Sheet 2 along the horizontal blue line through the center of the leſt and right  
side cross marks.  
50  
>
>
7.  
Place the edge of Sheet 1 and Sheet 2 on top of Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 and align the cross marks, and then  
temporarily tape them together from the back.  
51  
>
>
8.  
Cut the taped sheets in two along the horizontal red line through the alignment markers (this time, the line  
above the cross marks).  
9.  
Tape the sheets together from the back.  
52  
>
>
10.  
Cut off the remaining margins along the outer guide.  
Printing with a Header and Footer  
You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers.  
1.  
On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Watermark Features, and then select the Header/Footer  
checkbox.  
53  
>
>
2.  
Select Settings, select the items you want to print, and click OK.  
Note:  
To specify the first page number, select Page Number from the position you want to print in the header or footer, and  
then select the number in Starting number.  
If you want to print text in the header or footer, select the position you want to print, and then select Text. Enter the  
text you want to print in the text input field.  
3.  
4.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Printing an Anti-Copy Pattern  
You can print an anti-copy pattern on your printouts. When printing, the letters themselves are not printed and the  
entire print is screen-toned lightly. e hidden letters appear when photocopied to easily distinguish the original  
from the copies.  
Anti-Copy Pattern is available under the following conditions:  
Quality: Fine  
Note:  
You can also add your own anti-copy pattern.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Watermark Features, and then select anti-copy pattern.  
Click Settings to change details such as the size or density of the pattern.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
4.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
54  
>
>
Printing Password-Protected Files  
You can set a password for a print job so that it starts printing only aſter entering the password on the printer's  
control panel.  
1.  
2.  
On the printer driver's More Options tab, select Confidential Job in the Job Type and then enter a password.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
3.  
4.  
Click Print.  
To print the job, select Print From Internal Memory on the home screen of the printer's control panel. Select  
the job you want to print, and then enter the password.  
Related Information  
55  
>
>
Printing One Copy Before Printing Additional Copies  
When printing a large volume of documents, you can print one copy to check the contents. To print aſter making  
the second copy, operate the printer's control panel. is feature is available when an optional HDD is installed.  
1.  
2.  
On the printer driver's More Options tab, select Verify Job as the Job Type setting.  
Click Settings, enter the User Name and Job Name, and then click OK.  
You can identify the job by using the job name on the printer's control panel.  
3.  
4.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
Click Print.  
Only one copy is printed, and the print job is stored in the printer's memory.  
e stored job is deleted when the printer is turned off.  
5.  
6.  
To print the job, select Print From Internal Memory on the home screen of the printer's control panel.  
Select the job you want to print.  
Select the User from the list, and then select the job. If you are asked to enter a password, enter the one you set  
on the printer driver.  
7.  
If the job details are displayed, close that screen and select Print.  
Note:  
Select Delete to delete the job.  
Related Information  
56  
 
>
>
Storing Print Jobs in the Printer's Memory and Reprinting  
Allows you to store the print job in the printer's memory. You can start printing by operating the printer's control  
panel. is feature is available when an optional HDD is installed.  
1.  
2.  
On the printer driver's More Options tab, select Re-Print Job as the Job Type setting.  
Click Settings, enter the User Name and Job Name, and then click OK.  
You can identify the job by using the job name on the printer's control panel.  
3.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
Click Print.  
To print the job, select Print From Internal Memory on the home screen of the printer's control panel.  
Select the job you want to print.  
Select the User from the list, and then select the job. If you are asked to enter a password, enter the one you set  
on the printer driver.  
7.  
If the job details are displayed, close that screen and select Print.  
Note:  
Select Delete to delete the job.  
Related Information  
57  
 
>
>
Printing Multiple Files Together  
Job Arranger Lite allows you to combine several files created by different applications and print them as a single  
print job. You can specify the print settings for combined files, such as multi-page layout, and 2-sided printing.  
1.  
2.  
On the printer driver's Main tab, select Job Arranger Lite.  
Click Print.  
When you start printing, the Job Arranger Lite window is displayed.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
With the Job Arranger Lite window opened, open the file that you want to combine with the current file, and  
then repeat the above steps.  
When you select a print job added to Print Project Lite in the Job Arranger Lite window, you can edit the page  
layout.  
Click Print from the File menu to start printing.  
Note:  
If you close the Job Arranger Lite window before adding all the print data to the Print Project, the print job you are  
currently working on is canceled. Click Save from the File menu to save the current job. e extension of the saved files  
is "ecl".  
To open a Print Project, click Job Arranger Lite on the printer driver's Maintenance tab to open the Job Arranger Lite  
window. Next, select Open from the File menu to select the file.  
Related Information  
Adjusting the Print Tone  
You can adjust the tone used in the print job. ese adjustments are not applied to the original data.  
58  
>
>
1.  
On the printer driver's More Options tab, select the method of tone correction from the Tone Correction  
setting.  
Automatic: is setting automatically adjusts the tone to match the paper type and print quality settings.  
Custom: Click Advanced, you can make your own settings.  
2.  
3.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Making Thick Lines Thinner When Printing  
If lines are too thick, you can make them thinner when printing.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Image Options in the Tone Correction setting.  
Select None from Emphasize in Lines, and then click OK.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
4.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
59  
>
>
Printing to Emphasize Thin Lines  
You can thicken thin lines that are too thin to print.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Image Options in the Tone Correction setting.  
Select Emphasize in Lines.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
4.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Printing Clear Bar Codes  
You can print a bar code clearly and make it easy to scan. Only enable this feature if the bar code you printed  
cannot be scanned.  
1.  
2.  
On the printer driver's Maintenance tab, click Extended Settings, and then select Barcode mode.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
3.  
Click Print.  
Note:  
Deblurring may not always be possible depending on the circumstances.  
60  
>
>
Related Information  
Printing with an Overlay  
is feature allows you to print documents onto form templates, which you register on your computer in advance.  
Note:  
e application featured in these instructions is Microsoſt WordPad. e actual procedure may differ slightly when printing  
from other applications.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
On the printer driver's More Options tab, select Watermark Features from Additional Settings.  
Select Form Overlay, and then click Settings.  
Select one form data in the Form data box, select Overlay or Underlay in the Layering list, then click OK.  
Click OK.  
Click Print to print the document with the form data.  
Related Information  
Creating an Overlay  
Note:  
You first need to install EPSON FormOverlayUTL utility to create overlay or underlay data.  
You can download the latest applications from the Epson website.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Open the data to be an overlay data using an application.  
Select Print from the File menu, select EPSON FormOverlayUTL, then click Preferences.  
In the Basic Settings tab > Form Overlay > Create Overlay Data, click More Settings. e Create Form  
dialog box appears.  
61  
>
>
4.  
5.  
Type the form name in the Form data box and its description in the Description box.  
Note:  
e following 9 characters cannot be used for form names: \ / : * ? " < > |.  
Select Foreground Document or Background Document to specify whether the overlay will be printed as  
foreground or background of the document, then click OK.  
6.  
7.  
8.  
Make the appropriate settings for other settings such as paper size, print quality or orientation.  
Click OK.  
Click Print to create the form data.  
Note:  
To change the settings of the overlay form data you created, aſter doing steps 1 and 2 and the settings in the Basic  
Settings tab > Form Overlay > Create Overlay Data, click the Edit Form.  
Printing a Document Using the PostScript Printer Driver (Windows)  
A PostScript Printer Driver is a driver that outputs printing commands to a printer using a PostScript Page  
Description Language.  
1.  
Open the file you want to print.  
Load paper in the printer if it has not already been loaded.  
2.  
3.  
Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu  
Select your printer.  
62  
 
>
>
4.  
Select Preferences or Properties to access the printer driver window.  
5.  
Change the settings as necessary.  
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.  
6.  
7.  
Click OK to close the printer driver for details.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Using an Optional Device with a PostScript Printer Driver  
You need to make settings in the PostScript printer driver to use optional devices.  
63  
>
>
Settings  
Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016  
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers in  
Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printer properties. On  
the Device Settings tab, select the optional device in the Installable Options setting.  
Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012  
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click  
on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printer properties. On the Device Settings tab, select the  
optional device in the Installable Options setting.  
Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-  
click on your printer and select Printer properties. On the Device Settings tab, select the optional device in the  
Installable Options setting.  
Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer  
and select Properties. On the Device Settings tab, select the optional device in the Installable Options setting.  
Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers and Faxes. Right-  
click on your printer and select Properties. On the Device Settings tab, select the optional device in the  
Installable Options setting.  
Menu Options for the PostScript Printer Driver  
Open the print window on an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.  
Note:  
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.  
Paper/Quality Tab  
Tray Selection:  
Select the paper source and media.  
Paper Source:  
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed.  
Select Automatically Select to automatically select the paper source selected in the Paper  
Setting on the printer.  
Media:  
Select the type of paper on which you print. If you select Unspecified, printing is performed  
from the paper source for which the paper type is set to the following in the printer's settings.  
Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, Semi-ick, ick1, ick2, ick3, Labels,  
Envelope, or Special  
However, paper cannot be fed from a paper source for which the paper source is set to off in  
the printer's Auto Select Settings.  
64  
   
>
>
Layout Tab  
Orientation:  
Select the orientation you want to use to print.  
Print on Both Sides:  
Allows you to perform 2-sided printing.  
Page Order:  
Select to print from the top or the last page.  
Page Format:  
Pages per Sheet:  
Pages per Sheet Layout:  
Allows you to specify the page layout when printing several pages on one sheet.  
Booklet:  
Booklet Binding Edge:  
Select the binding position for booklet.  
Draw Borders:  
Select this if you want to place a border line for each page when printing several pages on one  
sheet or when creating a booklet.  
Extended Settings Tab  
Job Settings:  
If the printer usage has been restricted by the administrator, printing is available aſter you register  
your account on the printer driver. Contact the administrator for your user account.  
Save Access Control settings:  
Allows you to enter a user name and password.  
User Name:  
Enter a user name.  
Password:  
Enter a password.  
Reserve Job Settings:  
Make settings for print jobs stored in the printer's memory.  
Reserve Job Settings:  
Allows you to make settings for Reserve Job Settings, Verify Job, Re-Print Job, or  
Confidential Job.  
65  
 
>
>
Verify Job:  
When printing multiple copies, allows you to print one copy to check the content. To print  
aſter the second copy, operate the printer's control panel.  
Re-Print Job:  
Allows you to store the print job in the printer's memory. You can start printing by operating  
the printer's control panel.  
Confidential Job:  
Select Confidential Job and enter the password. e printer will not print until you enter the  
password on the printer's control panel.  
Password:  
Enter the Confidential Job password.  
User Name:  
Enter a user name.  
Job Name:  
Enter a job name.  
Advanced Options  
Paper/Output:  
Select the paper size and number of copies.  
Paper Size:  
Select the paper size on which you want to print.  
Copy Count:  
Set the number of copies you want to print.  
Graphic:  
Set the following menu items.  
Print Quality:  
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing.  
Scaling:  
Allows you to reduce or enlarge the document.  
TrueType Font:  
Sets the font substitute to TrueType Font.  
Document Options:  
Advanced Printing Features:  
Allows you to make detailed settings for printing features.  
66  
>
>
PostScript Options:  
Allows you to make optional settings.  
Printer Features:  
Set the following menu items.  
Output Tray:  
Select which output tray to use for printouts. If you select the face up tray as the output  
tray, install the optional face up tray.  
RITech:  
You can use the Epson original contour correction (RIT) feature to print jagged lines  
such as oblique lines and curves smoothly. is is more effective when printing large  
characters.  
Toner Save Mode:  
You can thin areas other than the outline to save toner. Use this feature when you are  
not concerned about gradation and print quality, such as when checking the layout.  
Density:  
Set the strength of the density.  
Output Direction:  
Set the paper output direction according to the direction of the paper loaded in the  
paper feeder.  
Rotate by 180º:  
Rotates the data 180 degrees before printing.  
Printing from a Computer - Mac OS  
Printing Using Easy Settings  
Note:  
Operations and screens differ depending on the application. See the application's help for details.  
1.  
2.  
Load paper in the printer .  
Open the file you want to print.  
67  
   
>
>
3.  
Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.  
If necessary, click Show Details or  
d
to expand the print window.  
4.  
5.  
Select your printer.  
Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.  
Note:  
If the Print Settings menu is not displayed on macOS Catalina (10.15) or later, macOS High Sierra (10.13), macOS  
Sierra (10.12), OS X El Capitan (10.11), OS X Yosemite (10.10), OS X Mavericks (10.9), OS X Mountain Lion (10.8),  
the Epson printer driver has not been installed correctly. Enable it from the following menu.  
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), remove the  
printer, and then add the printer again. See the following to add a printer.  
macOS Mojave (10.14) cannot access Print Settings in applications made by Apple such as TextEdit.  
6.  
Change the settings as necessary.  
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.  
68  
>
>
7.  
Click Print.  
Note:  
If you want to cancel printing, on your computer click the printer icon in the Dock. Select the job you want to cancel,  
and then do one of the following. However, you cannot cancel a print job from the computer once it has been completely  
sent to the printer. In this case, cancel the print job by using the printer's control panel.  
OS X Mountain Lion (10.8) or later  
Click  
next to the progress meter.  
Mac OS X v10.6.8 to v10.7.x  
Click Delete.  
Related Information  
Menu Options for the Printer Driver  
Open the print window in an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.  
Note:  
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.  
Menu Options for Layout  
Pages per Sheet:  
Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet.  
Layout Direction:  
Specify the order in which the pages will be printed.  
Border:  
Prints a border around the pages.  
Reverse page orientation:  
Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing. Select this item when printing on paper such as envelopes  
that are loaded in fixed direction in the printer.  
Flip horizontally:  
Inverts an image to print as it would appear in a mirror.  
Menu Options for Color Matching  
ColorSync/EPSON Color Controls:  
Select the method for color adjustment. ese options adjusts colors between the printer and the  
computer display to minimize the difference in tone.  
69  
   
>
>
Menu Options for Paper Handling  
Collate pages:  
Prints multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.  
Pages to Print:  
Select to print only odd pages or even pages.  
Page Order:  
Select to print from the top or the last page.  
Scale to fit paper size:  
Prints to fit to the paper size you loaded.  
Destination Paper Size:  
Select the paper size to print on.  
Scale down only:  
Select this when you want to reduce the size only if the print data is too large for the paper size  
loaded in the printer.  
Menu Options for Cover Page  
Print Cover Page:  
Select whether or not to print a cover page. When you want to add a back cover, select Aſter document.  
Cover Page Type:  
Select the contents of the cover page.  
Menu Options for Print Settings  
Paper Source:  
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed. Select Auto Select to automatically select the paper  
source selected in the print settings on the printer.  
Media Type:  
Select the type of paper on which you print. If you select Unspecified, printing is performed from the  
paper source for which the paper type is set to the following in the printer's settings.  
Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, Semi-thick, ick paper1, ick paper2,ick paper3,  
in Paper, Transparency, Labels, Postcard, Envelope, or Special  
However, paper cannot be fed from a paper source for which the paper source is set to off in the  
printer's Auto Select Settings.  
Print Quality:  
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing. e options vary depending on the paper type.  
Screen:  
Select whether to prioritize the reproducibility of gradation or increase the resolution.  
70  
 
>
>
Output Tray:  
Select which output tray to use for printouts. If you select the face up tray as the output tray, install the  
optional face up tray.  
Output Direction:  
Set the paper output direction according to the direction of the paper loaded in the paper feeder.  
2-sided Printing:  
Prints on both sides of the paper. Select Booklet when creating bindings.  
Binding edge:  
You can specify the binding edge.  
Click to set the binding margin. When printing a multi-page document, you can set whether to print  
d
from the front or back of the page. When Booklet is selected in 2-sided Printing, you can click  
select the booklet binding method.  
d
to  
Menu Options for Color Options  
You can set the gamma and adjust brightness and contrast.  
Menu Options for Anti-Copy Pattern Settings  
You can print the documents to have hidden letters that appear when photocopied in order to distinguish the  
original from the copies.  
Menu Options for Watermark Settings  
You can select a watermark such as the date or label a document as "Confidential", edit the layout and font, and  
print.  
Menu Options for Header/Footer Settings  
You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers.  
Menu Options for Extension Settings  
You can sharpen printing for thin lines and characters.  
Menu Options for Confidential Job Settings  
You can set a password for a print job so that it starts printing only aſter entering the password on the printer's  
control panel.  
71  
>
>
Adding Printing Presets for Easy Printing  
If you create your own preset of frequently used print settings on the printer driver, you can print easily by  
selecting the preset from the list.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Set each item such as Print Settings and Layout (Paper Size, Media Type, and so on).  
Click Presets to save the current settings as a preset.  
Click OK.  
Note:  
To delete an added preset, click Presets > Show Presets, select the preset name you want to delete from the list, and then  
delete it.  
4.  
Click Print.  
e next time you want to print using the same settings, select the registered preset name from the Presets.  
Related Information  
Printing on 2-Sides  
You can print on both sides of the paper.  
Note:  
If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.  
1.  
Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.  
72  
>
>
2.  
3.  
4.  
Select On in 2-sided Printing.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Printing a Booklet  
You can print a booklet that can be created by re-ordering the pages and folding the printout.  
Note:  
If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.  
1.  
2.  
Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.  
Select Booklet in 2-sided Printing.  
3.  
Set binding edge and click  
d
to set booklet binding.  
Center Binding: Use this method when printing a small number of pages that can be stacked and easily  
folded in half.  
Side Binding. Use this method when printing one sheet (four pages) at a time, folding each in half, and then  
putting them together in one volume.  
4.  
5.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
73  
>
>
Related Information  
Printing Several Pages on One Sheet  
You can print several pages of data on a single sheet of paper.  
1.  
2.  
Select Layout from the pop-up menu.  
Set the number of pages in Pages per Sheet, the Layout Direction (page order), and Border.  
3.  
4.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
74  
>
>
Printing to Fit the Paper Size  
Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
Select the size of the paper you set in the application as the Paper Size setting.  
Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.  
Select Scale to fit paper size.  
Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
75  
>
>
Printing a Reduced or Enlarged Document at any Magnification  
You can reduce or enlarge the size of a document by a specific percentage.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.  
Select Page Setup from the File menu of the application.  
Select Printer, Paper Size, enter percentage in Scale, and then click OK.  
Note:  
Select the paper size you set in the application as the Paper Size setting.  
4.  
5.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Printing with a Header and Footer  
You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers.  
1.  
Select Header/Footer Settings from the pop-up menu.  
76  
>
>
2.  
3.  
4.  
Select an item from the position you want to print.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Printing an Anti-Copy Pattern  
You can print an anti-copy pattern on your printouts. When printing, the letters themselves are not printed and the  
entire print is screen-toned lightly. e hidden letters appear when photocopied to easily distinguish the original  
from the copies.  
Anti-Copy Pattern is available under the following conditions:  
Paper Type: Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, Semi-thick, ick paper1, ick paper2, ick  
paper3, in Paper, Transparency, Labels, Postcard, Envelope, or Special  
Quality: Fine  
Note:  
You can also print your own anti-copy pattern.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Select Anti-Copy Pattern Settings from the pop-up menu, and then select the type of anti-copy pattern.  
Edit the layouts and fonts.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
77  
>
>
Printing Password-Protected Files  
You can set a password for a print job so that it starts printing only aſter entering the password on the printer's  
control panel.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Select Confidential Job Settings from the pop-up menu.  
Select Confidential Job, and then enter the user name, job name, and password.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
To print the job, select Print From Internal Memory on the home screen of the printer's control panel. Select  
the job you want to print, and then enter the password.  
Related Information  
Adjusting the Print Tone  
You can adjust the tone used in the print job. ese adjustments are not applied to the original data.  
1.  
2.  
Select Color Options from the pop-up menu, and then set the gamma, brightness, and contrast.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
78  
>
>
3.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Making Thick Lines Thinner When Printing  
If lines are too thick, you can make them thinner when printing.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Select Extension Settings from the pop-up menu.  
Select Off from Emphasize in Lines.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
Related Information  
Printing to Emphasize Thin Lines  
You can thicken thin lines that are too thin to print.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Select Extension Settings from the pop-up menu.  
Enable Emphasize in Lines.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
79  
>
>
Related Information  
Printing from the PostScript Printer Driver on Mac OS  
A PostScript Printer Driver is a driver that outputs printing commands to a printer using a PostScript Page  
Description Language.  
1.  
Open the file you want to print.  
Load paper in the printer if it has not already been loaded.  
2.  
Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu.  
If necessary, click Show Details or  
d
to expand the print window.  
3.  
4.  
Select your printer.  
Select Print Features from the pop-up menu.  
5.  
6.  
Change the settings as necessary.  
See the menu options for the printer driver for details.  
Click Print.  
80  
 
>
>
Related Information  
Using an Optional Device with a PostScript Printer Driver  
You need to make settings in the PostScript printer driver to the optional devices.  
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then  
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Makes settings according to the options  
available.  
Menu Options for the PostScript Printer Driver  
Open the print window on an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.  
Note:  
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.  
Menu Options for Layout  
Pages per Sheet:  
Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet.  
Layout Direction:  
Specify the order in which the pages will be printed.  
Border:  
Prints a border around the pages.  
Two-Sided:  
Allows you to perform 2-sided printing.  
Reverse page orientation:  
Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing.  
Flip horizontally:  
Inverts the image so that it prints as it would appear in a mirror.  
Menu Options for Color Matching  
ColorSync/In Printer:  
Select the method for color adjustment. ese options adjusts color between the printer and the  
computer display to minimize the difference in tone.  
81  
 
>
>
Menu Options for Paper Handling  
Collate pages:  
Prints multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.  
Pages to Print:  
Select to print only odd pages or even pages.  
Page Order:  
Select to print from the top or the last page.  
Scale to fit paper size:  
Prints to fit to the paper size you loaded.  
Destination Paper Size:  
Select the paper size to print on.  
Scale down only:  
Select when reducing the size of the document.  
Menu Options for Paper Feed  
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed.  
All Pages From:  
Selecting Auto Select selects the paper source that matches the Paper Setting on the printer  
automatically.  
First Page From/Remaining From:  
You can also select the paper source for page.  
Menu Options for Cover Page  
Print Cover Page:  
Select whether or not to print a cover page. When you want to add a back cover, select Aſter  
document.  
Cover Page Type:  
Select the contents of the cover page.  
82  
>
>
Menu Options for Printer Features  
Feature Sets:  
Quality:  
MediaType:  
Select the type of paper on which you print. If you select Unspecified, printing is  
performed from the paper source for which the paper type is set to the following in the  
printer's settings.  
Plain, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, Semi-ick, ick1, ick2, ick3,  
Labels, Envelope, Postcard, or Special  
However, paper cannot be fed from a paper source for which the paper source is set to  
off in the printer's Auto Select Settings.  
Print Quality:  
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing.  
RITech:  
You can use the Epson original contour correction (RIT) feature to print jagged lines  
such as oblique lines and curves smoothly. is is more effective when printing large  
characters.  
Density:  
Set the strength of the density.  
Output:  
Output Tray:  
Select which output tray to use for printouts. If you select the face up tray as the output  
tray, install the optional face up tray.  
Output Direction:  
Set the paper output direction according to the direction of the paper loaded in the  
paper feeder.  
Others:  
Toner Save Mode:  
You can thin areas other than the outline to save toner. Use this feature when you are  
not concerned about gradation and print quality, such as when checking the layout.  
83  
 
>
>
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS)  
When the wireless router is connected to the same network as the printer, you can print documents from a smart  
device such as a smartphone or tablet.  
Printing Documents Using Epson iPrint  
Note:  
Operations may differ depending on the device.  
1.  
If Epson iPrint is not installed, install it.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
Connect your smart device to the same wireless network as your printer.  
Start Epson iPrint.  
Tap Print Documents on the home screen.  
Tap the location of the document you want to print.  
Select the document, and then tap Next.  
Tap Print.  
Printing Documents Using AirPrint  
AirPrint enables instant wireless printing from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install  
drivers or download soſtware.  
Note:  
If you disabled paper configuration messages on your printer control panel, you cannot use AirPrint. See the link below to  
enable the messages, if necessary.  
1.  
Set up your printer for wireless printing. See the link below.  
2.  
Connect your Apple device to the same wireless network that your printer is using.  
84  
 
>
>
3.  
Print from your device to your printer.  
Note:  
For details, see the AirPrint page on the Apple website.  
Related Information  
Printing Documents from Smart Devices (Android)  
When the wireless router is connected to the same network as the printer, you can print documents from a smart  
device such as a smartphone or tablet.  
Printing Documents Using Epson iPrint  
Note:  
Operations may differ depending on the device.  
1.  
If Epson iPrint is not installed, install it.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
Connect your smart device to the same wireless network as your printer.  
Start Epson iPrint.  
Tap Print Documents on the home screen.  
Tap the location of the document you want to print.  
Select the document, and then tap Next.  
Tap Print.  
Printing Documents Using Epson Print Enabler  
You can wirelessly print your documents, emails, photos, and web pages right from your Android phone or tablet  
(Android v4.4 or later). With a few taps, your Android device will discover an Epson printer that is connected to  
the same network.  
Note:  
Operations may differ depending on the device.  
1.  
On your Android device, install the Epson Print Enabler plug-in from Google Play.  
85  
 
>
>
2.  
3.  
4.  
Connect your Android device to the wireless router.  
Go to Settings on your Android device, select Printing, and then enable Epson Print Enabler.  
From an Android application such as Chrome, tap the menu icon and print whatever is on the screen.  
Note:  
If you do not see your printer, tap All Printers and select your printer.  
Printing Using Mopria Print Service  
Mopria Print Service enables instant wireless printing from Android smart phones or tablets.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Install Mopria Print Service from Google Play.  
Load paper in the printer.  
Connect your Android device to the same wireless network that your printer is using.  
Print from your device to your printer.  
Note:  
For more details, access the Mopria Web site at https://mopria.org.  
Related Information  
Printing on Envelopes  
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Windows)  
1.  
Load envelopes in the printer.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Open the file you want to print.  
Access the printer driver window.  
Select the envelope size from Document Size on the Main tab, and then select Envelope from Paper Type.  
Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.  
86  
   
>
>
6.  
Click Print.  
Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Mac OS)  
1.  
Load envelopes in the printer.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
8.  
Open the file you want to print.  
Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.  
Select the size as the Paper Size setting.  
Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.  
Select Envelope as the Media Type setting.  
Set the other items as necessary.  
Click Print.  
Printing Web Pages  
Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices  
When the wireless router is connected to the same network as the printer, you can operate the printer via the  
wireless router from your smart device.  
Note:  
Operations may differ depending on the device.  
1.  
If Epson iPrint is not installed, install it.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
Connect your smart device to the same wireless network as your printer.  
Open the web page you want to print in your web browser app.  
Tap Share from the menu of the web browser application.  
Select iPrint.  
Tap Print.  
87  
     
>
>
Printing Using a Cloud Service  
By using Epson Connect service available on the Internet, you can print from your smartphone, tablet PC, or  
laptop, anytime and practically anywhere. To use this service, you need to register the user and the printer in  
Epson Connect.  
When the wireless router is connected to the same network as the printer, you can operate the printer via the  
wireless router from your smart device.  
e features available on the Internet are as follows.  
Email Print  
When you send an email with attachments such as documents or images to an email address assigned to the  
printer, you can print that email and the attachments from remote locations such as your home or office printer.  
Epson iPrint  
is Application is for iOS and Android, and allows you to print or scan from a smartphone or tablet. You can  
print documents, images, and web sites by sending them directly to a printer on the same network.  
Remote Print Driver  
is is a shared driver supported by Remote Print Driver. When printing using a printer in a remote location,  
you can print by changing the printer on the usual applications window.  
See the Epson Connect web portal for details on how to setup or print.  
Registering to Epson Connect Service from the Control Panel  
Follow the steps below to register the printer.  
88  
   
>
>
1.  
2.  
Select Settings on the control panel.  
Select General Settings > Web Service Settings > Epson Connect Services > Unregister to print the  
registration sheet.  
3.  
Follow the instructions on the registration sheet to register the printer.  
89  
>
>
Checking the Consumables Status  
You can check the status of consumables from the printer's control panel. Select  
select Replacement Parts.  
on the home screen, and then  
To select an item, use the u d l r buttons, and then press the OK button.  
Note:  
You can also check the status of consumables on the Epson Status Monitor if it is installed.  
is displayed on the LCD screen when the consumable is nearing the end of its service life. You can continue to print  
but prepare a new consumable item before it reaches the end of its service life.  
Cleaning the Paper Path when There are Paper  
Feeding Problems  
e printer needs only minimal cleaning to keep it in good condition.  
Caution:  
!
Do not touch inside the printer except when instructed to do so in the printer's documentation. Otherwise, it  
may result in fire or electric shock.  
Do not use any kind of combustible gases such as air dusters or dust sprays inside or around this product the  
printer. Otherwise it may result in fire or explosion.  
cImportant:  
Do not use volatile chemicals such as benzine, thinner, or alcohol to clean the printer. Otherwise, the chemicals  
may damage the printer's components and the case.  
Do not get the printer wet.  
Do not clean the printer with a hard brash or a hard cloth. Otherwise, the printer may be damaged.  
Cleaning the Pickup Rollers for the Paper Tray  
See the animations displayed on the printer's LCD screen to clean the pickup rollers for the paper tray.  
Select  
, and then select Troubleshooting > Paper feeding problem > Paper Tray.  
91  
     
>
Select Finish to close the animation screen.  
Cleaning the Pickup Rollers for the Paper Cassettes  
See the animations displayed on the printer's LCD screen to clean the pickup rollers for the paper cassettes.  
Select  
, and then select Troubleshooting > Paper feeding problem > Paper Cassette.  
Select Finish to close the animation screen.  
Cleaning Inside the Printer  
e printer needs only minimal cleaning to keep it in good condition.  
Caution:  
!
Do not touch inside the printer except when instructed to do so in the printer's documentation. Otherwise, it  
may result in fire or electric shock.  
Do not use any kind of combustible gases such as air dusters or dust sprays inside or around this product the  
printer. Otherwise it may result in fire or explosion.  
92  
   
>
Caution:  
!
Never touch the areas inside the printer that are marked with caution labels. e inside is very hot and high  
temperature may cause burns.  
ere are sharp edges around the transfer roller that could injure your fingers.  
cImportant:  
Do not use volatile chemicals such as benzine, thinner, or alcohol to clean the printer. Otherwise, the chemicals  
may damage the printer's components and the case.  
Do not get the printer wet.  
Do not clean the printer with a hard brash or a hard cloth. Otherwise, the printer may be damaged.  
1.  
2.  
Turn the printer off and unplug the power cord.  
Open the printer cover (A), then the front cover (F).  
93  
>
3.  
Liſt the handle D to unlock the developer unit. Pull the handle D obliquely up to draw out the developer unit.  
4.  
Gently wipe the metallic roller inside with a soſt and dry cloth to remove the grime and paper particles.  
cImportant:  
Do not touch the transfer roller, which is black, to avoid damaging it.  
94  
>
5.  
Push the handle D until the developer unit locks.  
6.  
Close the front cover (F), then the printer cover (A).  
7.  
Open the waste toner collector cover (E), and wipe the vent holes with a soſt, dry cloth to remove dust and  
dirt.  
8.  
Close the waste toner collector cover (E).  
95  
>
>
9.  
Wipe the vent holes on the right side of the printer with a soſt, dry cloth to remove dust and dirt.  
Cleaning the Printer  
If the printer's outer case is dirty or dusty, turn off the printer and clean it with a soſt, clean, and moist cloth. If you  
cannot remove the dirt, try cleaning with a soſt, clean, and moist cloth moistened with a mild detergent.  
cImportant:  
Do not use volatile chemicals such as benzine, thinner, or alcohol to clean the printer. Otherwise, the chemicals  
may damage the printer's components and the case.  
Do not get the printer wet.  
Do not clean the printer with a hard brash or a hard cloth. Otherwise, the printer may be damaged.  
Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately  
Connect your computer to the network and install the latest version of applications from the website. Log in to  
your computer as an administrator. Enter the administrator password if the computer prompts you.  
Installing the Applications Separately  
Note:  
When reinstalling an application, you need to uninstall it first.  
96  
     
>
>
1.  
2.  
Make sure the printer and the computer are available for communication, and the printer is connected to the  
Internet.  
Start EPSON Soſtware Updater.  
e screenshot is an example on Windows.  
3.  
4.  
For Windows, select your printer, and then click  
to check for the latest available applications.  
Select the items you want to install or update, and then click the install button.  
cImportant:  
Do not turn off or unplug the printer until the update is complete. Doing so may result in malfunction of the  
printer.  
Note:  
You can download the latest applications from the Epson website.  
If you use Windows Server operating systems, you cannot use Epson Soſtware Updater. Download the latest  
applications from the Epson website.  
Related Information  
Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows  
You can check if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer by using one of the following  
methods.  
97  
 
>
>
Select Control Panel > View devices and printers (Printers, Printers and Faxes), and then do the following to  
open the print server properties window.  
Windows Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016/  
Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2  
Click the printer icon, and then click Print server properties at the top of the window.  
Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008  
Right-click on the Printers folder, and then click Run as administrator > Server Properties.  
Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003  
From the File menu, select Server Properties.  
Click the Driver tab. If your printer name is displayed in the list, a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on  
your computer.  
Related Information  
Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS  
You can check if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer by using one of the following  
methods.  
98  
 
>
>
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then  
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies, and if the Options tab and Utility tab are displayed on the window, a  
genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer.  
Related Information  
Installing a PostScript Printer Driver  
Installing a PostScript Printer Driver - Windows  
1.  
Start the installation process from one of the following options.  
Use the soſtware disc supplied with the printer.  
Insert the soſtware disc into the computer, access the following folder path, and then run SETUP64.EXE (or  
SETUP.EXE).  
Driver\PostScript\WINX64 (or WINX86)\SETUP\SETUP64.EXE ( or SETUP.EXE)  
Download from the website.  
Access your printer page from the following website, download the PostScript printer driver, and then run  
the execution file.  
http://support.epson.net/ (outside Europe)  
2.  
3.  
Select your printer.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
99  
 
>
>
4.  
Select the connection method from the network connection or USB connection.  
For network connection.  
A list of available printers in the same network is displayed.  
Select the printer you want to use.  
For USB connection.  
Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the printer to the computer.  
5.  
Follow the on-screen instructions to install the PostScript printer driver.  
Installing a PostScript Printer Driver - Mac OS  
Download the printer driver from the Epson Support website, and then install it.  
http://support.epson.net/ (outside Europe)  
You need the IP address of the printer while installing the printer driver.  
Select the network icon on the printer's home screen, and then select the active connection method to confirm the  
printer's IP address.  
Adding the Printer (for Mac OS Only)  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax).  
Click +, and then select Add Other Printer or Scanner.  
Select your printer, and then select your printer from the Use.  
Click Add.  
Note:  
If your printer is not listed, check that it is correctly connected to the computer and that the printer is on.  
For a USB, IP, or Bonjour connection, set the optional paper cassette unit manually aſter adding the printer.  
Uninstalling Applications  
Log in to your computer as an administrator. Enter the administrator password if the computer prompts you.  
Uninstalling Applications - Windows  
1.  
Press the  
P
button to turn off the printer.  
2.  
Quit all running applications.  
100  
   
>
>
3.  
Open Control Panel:  
Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016  
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel.  
Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012  
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel.  
Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008/Windows Server  
2003 R2/Windows Server 2003  
Click the start button and select Control Panel.  
4.  
Open Uninstall a program (or Add or Remove Programs):  
Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server  
2016/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008  
Select Uninstall a program in Programs.  
Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003  
Click Add or Remove Programs.  
5.  
6.  
Select the application you want to uninstall.  
You cannot uninstall the printer driver if there is any print jobs. Delete or wait to be printed the jobs before  
uninstalling.  
Uninstall the applications:  
Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server  
2016/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008  
Click Uninstall/Change or Uninstall.  
Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003  
Click Change/Remove or Remove.  
Note:  
If the User Account Control window is displayed, click Continue.  
7.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
Uninstalling Applications - Mac OS  
1.  
Download the Uninstaller using EPSON Soſtware Updater.  
Once you have downloaded the Uninstaller, you do not need to download it again each time you uninstall the  
application.  
2.  
3.  
Press the  
P
button to turn off the printer.  
To uninstall the printer driver, select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or  
Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then remove the printer from the enabled printers list.  
4.  
Quit all running applications.  
101  
>
>
5.  
6.  
Select Go > Applications > Epson Soſtware > Uninstaller.  
Select the application you want to uninstall, and then click Uninstall.  
cImportant:  
e Uninstaller removes all drivers for Epson printers on the computer. If you use multiple Epson printers and  
you only want to delete some drivers, delete all of them first, and then install the necessary printer driver again.  
Note:  
If you cannot find the application you want to uninstall in the application list, you cannot uninstall using the  
Uninstaller. In this situation, select Go > Applications > Epson Soſtware, select the application you want to uninstall,  
and then drag it to the trash icon.  
Related Information  
Updating Applications and Firmware  
You may be able to clear certain problems and improve or add functions by updating the applications and the  
firmware. Make sure you use the latest version of the applications and firmware.  
1.  
2.  
Make sure that the printer and the computer are connected, and the computer is connected to the internet.  
Start EPSON Soſtware Updater, and update the applications or the firmware.  
cImportant:  
Do not turn off the computer or the printer until the update is complete; otherwise, the printer may  
malfunction.  
Note:  
If you cannot find the application you want to update in the list, you cannot update using the EPSON Soſtware Updater.  
Check for the latest versions of the applications from your local Epson website.  
Related Information  
Updating the Printer's Firmware using the Control Panel  
If the printer can be connected to the Internet, you can update the printer's firmware using the control panel. You  
can also set the printer to regularly check for firmware updates and notify you if any are available.  
You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.  
1.  
Select Settings on the home screen.  
To select an item, use the u d l r buttons, and then press the OK button.  
102  
 
>
>
2.  
Select General Settings > System Administration > Firmware Update > Update.  
Note:  
Select Notification > On to set the printer to regularly check for available firmware updates.  
3.  
4.  
Select Start Checking.  
e printer starts searching for available updates.  
If a message is displayed on the LCD screen informing you that a firmware update is available, follow the on-  
screen instructions to start the update.  
cImportant:  
Do not turn off or unplug the printer until the update is complete; otherwise, the printer may malfunction.  
If the firmware update is not completed or is unsuccessful, the printer does not start up normally and  
"Recovery Mode" is displayed on the LCD screen the next time the printer is turned on. In this situation, you  
need to update the firmware again using a computer. Connect the printer to the computer with a USB cable.  
While "Recovery Mode" is displayed on the printer, you cannot update the firmware over a network  
connection. On the computer, access your local Epson website, and then download the latest printer  
firmware. See the instructions on the website for the next steps.  
Updating Firmware Using Web Config  
When the printer can connect to the Internet, you can update the firmware from Web Config.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Firmware Update.  
Click Start, and then follow the on-screen instructions.  
e firmware confirmation starts, and the firmware information is displayed if the updated firmware exists.  
Note:  
You can also update the firmware using Epson Device Admin. You can visually confirm the firmware information on the  
device list. It is useful when you want to update multiple devices' firmware. See the Epson Device Admin guide or help for  
more details.  
Related Information  
Updating Firmware without Connecting to the Internet  
You can download the device's firmware from Epson website on the computer, and then connect the device and the  
computer by USB cable to update the firmware. If you cannot update over the network, try this method.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Access Epson website and download the firmware.  
Connect the computer that contains the downloaded firmware to the printer by USB cable.  
Double-click the downloaded .exe file.  
Epson Firmware Updater starts.  
103  
>
>
4.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
Moving and Transporting the Printer  
Caution:  
!
When carrying the printer, liſt it using a stable position. Liſting the printer using an unstable position may result  
in injury.  
Because this printer is heavy, it should always be carried by two or more people when unpacking and  
transporting.  
When liſting the printer, place your hands in the positions shown below. If you liſt the printer holding other  
positions, the printer may fall or you may trap your fingers when placing the printer.  
Do not touch the projections on the bottom of the printer that are for connecting an optional paper cassette.  
When carrying the printer, do not tilt it more than 10 degrees; otherwise the printer may fall.  
When you put the printer on a stand with casters, make sure you lock the casters. Otherwise, the stand may  
move unexpectedly and cause an injury.  
Transporting the Printer for Short Distances  
Make sure the printer is turned off and the operation panel is unlit, and then unplug the power plug from the  
outlet and remove the following items from the printer.  
104  
   
>
>
Power cord  
Interface cables  
Loaded paper  
Installed optional paper cassette units  
cImportant:  
When moving the printer, always keep it horizontal and avoid subjecting it to shocks.  
When lifting the printer to move it  
Separate the printer and the optional paper cassette unit.  
cImportant:  
Unlock the fixture on the back of the printer to separate the printer and the optional paper cassette unit. If you liſt  
the printer without unlocking the fixture, the fixture may be damaged and the optional paper cassette unit may fall.  
When moving the printer on casters  
Unlock the stopper for the casters. Avoid steps when moving the printer to prevent it from being subjected to  
shocks.  
Related Information  
Transporting the Printer  
When you need to transport the printer, follow the steps below to pack it. e printer should be packed in the same  
status as when it was purchased to prevent it from being subjected to vibrations or shocks.  
1.  
Turn off the printer by pressing the  
P
button and then unplug the power cord.  
2.  
3.  
Remove all of the paper from the printer.  
Disconnect all cables such as USB cables and remove installed options such as paper cassette units.  
See the steps for installing options and remove them in reverse order.  
4.  
Pack the printer in its box, using the protective materials.  
cImportant:  
To avoid condensation aſter transporting the printer from a cool to a warm environment, allow the printer to warm  
up to room temperature before use.  
Related Information  
105  
 
>
Checking the Printer Status (Status Sheet Print)  
You can check the settings and the status of the printer.  
1.  
Select Settings on the home screen.  
To select an item, use the u d l r buttons, and then press the OK button.  
2.  
3.  
Select Printer Status/Print > Print Status Sheet > Configuration Status Sheet.  
Check the message, and then print the status sheet.  
106  
 
>
Cannot Print  
Problem Solving  
Read this section if you cannot print as expected or if there are problems when printing. See the following for  
solutions to some common problems.  
Is the printer turned on?  
Solutions  
Make sure that the printer is turned on.  
Make sure that the power cord is correctly connected.  
Is the printer itself working properly?  
Solutions  
If an error message is displayed on the LCD screen, check the error.  
Print a status sheet and use it to check if the printer itself can print properly.  
Is any paper jammed in the printer?  
Solutions  
If paper is jammed in the printer, it cannot start printing. Remove the jammed paper from the printer.  
Has print data been sent correctly?  
Solutions  
Make sure there is no print data standing by from a previous job.  
Check the printer driver to make sure the printer is not offline.  
Are you having problems connecting to the computer?  
Solutions  
Make sure that the cables are properly connected for all connections.  
Make sure that the network device and USB hub are operating normally.  
108  
   
>
>
If you have a Wi-Fi connection, make sure that the Wi-Fi connection settings are correct.  
The Application or Printer Driver do not Work Properly  
e following causes can be considered.  
Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Windows)  
e following causes can be considered.  
The printer is pending or offline.  
Solutions  
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.  
If the printer is offline or pending, clear the offline or pending setting from the Printer menu.  
There is a problem with the software or data.  
Solutions  
Make sure that a genuine Epson printer driver (EPSON XXXXX) is installed. If a genuine Epson  
printer driver is not installed, the available functions are limited. We recommend using a genuine  
Epson printer driver.  
If you are printing a large data size image, the computer may run out of memory. Print the image at a  
lower resolution or a smaller size.  
If you are printing a large data size image, the data may not be processed depending on the CPU or  
memory of the computer. Try the following solutions.  
Install more memory in your computer if you can.  
Set the printer driver's Quality setting to Fast (300dpi).  
Set interfaces that you are not using to disabled.  
If you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem, try uninstalling and then  
reinstalling the printer driver  
109  
       
>
>
There is a problem with the printer's status.  
Solutions  
Click EPSON Status Monitor on the printer driver's Maintenance tab, and then check the printer status.  
You need to install EPSON Status Monitor to enable this feature. You can download it from the Epson  
website.  
There is still a job waiting to be printed.  
Solutions  
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab. If unnecessary data remains, select Cancel all  
documents from the Printer menu.  
The printer is not selected as the default printer.  
Solutions  
Right-click the printer icon in Control Panel > View devices and printers (or Printers, Printers and  
Faxes) and click Set as default printer.  
Note:  
If there are multiple printer icons, see the following to select the correct printer.  
Example)  
USB connection: EPSON XXXX Series  
Network connection: EPSON XXXX Series (network)  
If you install the printer driver multiple times, copies of the printer driver may be created. If copies such  
as "EPSON XXXX Series (copy 1)" are created, right-click the copied driver icon, and then click Remove  
Device.  
The printer port is not set correctly.  
Solutions  
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.  
Make sure the printer port is set correctly as shown below in Property > Port from the Printer menu.  
USB connection: USBXXX, Network connection: EpsonNet Print Port  
If you cannot change the port, select Run as administrator on the Printer menu. If Run as  
administrator is not displayed, contact your system administrator.  
110  
>
>
The selected printer is wrong.  
Solutions  
e printer name may have been changed. Contact the system administrator for the correct printer name,  
and then select the printer with that name.  
Printer Does Not Print While Using PostScript Printer Driver (Windows)  
e following causes can be considered.  
The Printing Language setting needs to be changed.  
Solutions  
Set the Printing Language setting to Auto or PS on the control panel.  
A large number of jobs have been sent.  
Solutions  
In Windows, if a large number of jobs are sent, the printer may not print. Select Print directly to the  
printer on the Advanced tab in the printer properties.  
Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Mac OS)  
e following causes can be considered.  
There is a problem with the software or data.  
Solutions  
Make sure that a genuine Epson printer driver (EPSON XXXXX) is installed. If a genuine Epson  
printer driver is not installed, the available functions are limited. We recommend using a genuine  
Epson printer driver.  
If you are printing a large data size image, the computer may run out of memory. Print the image at a  
lower resolution or a smaller size.  
If you are printing a large data size image, the data may not be processed depending on the CPU or  
memory of the computer. Try the following solutions.  
Install more memory in your computer if you can.  
Set the printer driver's Quality setting to Fast (300dpi).  
Set interfaces that you are not using to disabled.  
If you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem, try uninstalling and then  
reinstalling the printer driver  
There is a problem with the status of the printer.  
Solutions  
Make sure the printer status is not Pause.  
111  
 
>
>
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax),  
and then double-click the printer. If the printer is paused, click Resume.  
User feature restrictions are enabled for the printer.  
Solutions  
e printer may not print when the user feature restriction is enabled. Contact your printer  
administrator.  
The selected printer is wrong.  
Solutions  
e printer name may have been changed. Contact the system administrator for the correct printer name,  
and then select the printer with that name.  
Printer Does Not Print While Using PostScript Printer Driver (Mac OS)  
The Printing Language setting needs to be changed.  
Solutions  
Set the Printing Language setting to Auto or PS on the control panel.  
Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (iOS)  
e following causes can be considered.  
Paper Setup Auto Display is disabled.  
Solutions  
Enable Paper Setup Auto Display in the following menu.  
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Paper Source Settings > Paper Setup Auto Display  
AirPrint is disabled.  
Solutions  
Enable the AirPrint setting on Web Config.  
Cannot Connect to the Printer  
e following issues could be causing the problem.  
Cannot Print Using a USB Connection  
e following causes can be considered.  
112  
     
>
>
The USB cable is not plugged into the electrical outlet correctly.  
Solutions  
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.  
There is a problem with the USB hub.  
Solutions  
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.  
There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.  
Solutions  
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.  
The printer is connected to a SuperSpeed USB port.  
Solutions  
If you connect the printer to a SuperSpeed USB port using a USB 2.0 cable, a communication error may  
occur on some computers. In this case, re-connect the printer using one of the following methods.  
Use a USB 3.0 cable.  
Connect to a Hi-Speed USB port on the computer.  
Connect to a SuperSpeed USB port other than the port that generated the communication error.  
Cannot Print Using a Network Connection  
e following issues could be causing the problem.  
Note:  
Even if your printer is only using a wired connection, check the Wi-Fi environment if your computer or smart device is  
connected to the network by Wi-Fi.  
The IP address is incorrectly assigned.  
Solutions  
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP  
address may not be assigned correctly.  
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printers control panel, and  
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.  
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.  
Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.  
Solutions  
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the  
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the  
113  
     
>
>
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave  
communication, and then try to make network settings again.  
The printer is not connected to the network.  
Solutions  
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network  
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection  
report and then follow the printed solutions.  
When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.  
Solutions  
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.  
Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.  
Solutions  
Aſter moving the computer or the smart device closer to the wireless router, turn off the wireless router,  
and then turn it back on.  
A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.  
Solutions  
Most wireless routers have a separator function that blocks communication between devices within the  
same SSID. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if  
they are connected to the same network, disable the separator function on the wireless router. See the  
manual provided with the wireless router for details.  
There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.  
Solutions  
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are  
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.  
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for  
details.  
114  
>
>
The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy  
Efficient Ethernet).  
Solutions  
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient  
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.  
Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.  
Cannot connect to the printer.  
e communication speed becomes slow.  
Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.  
1.  
2.  
Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.  
When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.  
See the documentation provided with the computer for details.  
3.  
4.  
Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.  
On the printer, print a network connection report.  
5.  
6.  
Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.  
On the computer, access Web Config.  
Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.  
7.  
Select the Network tab > Wired LAN.  
8.  
Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.  
9.  
Click Next.  
10.  
11.  
12.  
13.  
Click OK.  
Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.  
If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.  
Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.  
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.  
115  
>
>
Paper Does Not Feed or Eject Correctly  
No Paper Feeds  
e following causes can be considered.  
Unsupported paper is being used.  
Solutions  
Use paper supported by this printer.  
Paper handling is inappropriate.  
Solutions  
Follow paper handling precautions.  
Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.  
Solutions  
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specified for the paper.  
Paper cassette is not inserted correctly.  
Solutions  
Insert the standard paper cassette and optional paper cassette correctly. Make sure that the edge guide is  
in the correct position. Aſter inserting the paper cassette, select Settings > Printer Status/Print > Print  
Status Sheet > Configuration Status Sheet to print the configuration status sheet, and then make sure  
that the paper cassette and paper size are recognized correctly.  
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.  
Solutions  
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the  
printer.  
The size of paper in the cassette does not match the setting on the paper size setting dial.  
Solutions  
Match size of paper in the cassette to the setting on the paper size setting dial.  
116  
 
>
>
The paper source setting is not correct.  
Solutions  
Select the correct paper source in the printer driver.  
Paper slips when paper dust adheres to the roller.  
Solutions  
Clean the roller.  
Paper Feeds at a Slant  
e following causes can be considered.  
Unsupported paper is being used.  
Solutions  
Use paper supported by this printer.  
Paper handling is inappropriate.  
Solutions  
Follow paper handling precautions.  
The paper is loaded incorrectly.  
Solutions  
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.  
Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.  
Solutions  
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specified for the paper.  
Paper cassette is not inserted correctly.  
Solutions  
Insert the standard paper cassette and optional paper cassette correctly. Make sure that the edge guide is  
in the correct position. Aſter inserting the paper cassette, select Settings > Printer Status/Print > Print  
Status Sheet > Configuration Status Sheet to print the configuration status sheet, and then make sure  
that the paper cassette and paper size are recognized correctly.  
117  
>
>
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.  
Solutions  
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the  
printer.  
The size of paper in the cassette does not match the setting on the paper size setting dial.  
Solutions  
Match size of paper in the cassette to the setting on the paper size setting dial.  
The paper source setting is not correct.  
Solutions  
Select the correct paper source in the printer driver.  
Paper slips when paper dust adheres to the roller.  
Solutions  
Clean the roller.  
Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time  
e following causes can be considered.  
Unsupported paper is being used.  
Solutions  
Use paper supported by this printer.  
Paper handling is inappropriate.  
Solutions  
Follow paper handling precautions.  
The paper is loaded incorrectly.  
Solutions  
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.  
118  
>
>
The paper is curled.  
Solutions  
Load the paper upside down.  
The paper is moist or damp.  
Solutions  
Load new paper.  
Static electricity is causing sheets of paper to stick to each other.  
Solutions  
Fan the paper before loading. For special paper, load one sheet of paper at a time.  
Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.  
Solutions  
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specified for the paper.  
Paper cassette is not inserted correctly.  
Solutions  
Insert the standard paper cassette and optional paper cassette correctly. Make sure that the edge guide is  
in the correct position. Aſter inserting the paper cassette, select Settings > Printer Status/Print > Print  
Status Sheet > Configuration Status Sheet to print the configuration status sheet, and then make sure  
that the paper cassette and paper size are recognized correctly.  
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.  
Solutions  
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the  
printer.  
The size of paper in the cassette does not match the setting on the paper size setting dial.  
Solutions  
Match size of paper in the cassette to the setting on the paper size setting dial.  
The paper source setting is not correct.  
Solutions  
Select the correct paper source in the printer driver.  
119  
>
>
Cannot Eject Paper Alternately in Portrait and Landscape Orientation  
Paper loading or paper setting is wrong.  
Solutions  
To eject paper alternately, the printer prints on paper fed alternately from two paper sources. erefore,  
this feature is only available for A4 paper that can be loaded in horizontal and landscape orientations.  
Select the paper size and direction on the control panel, and then select the setting for ejecting alternately  
in the printer driver.  
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected  
The Printer Does Not Turn On or Off  
Power Does Not Turn On  
e following causes can be considered.  
The power cord is not plugged in properly to the electrical outlet.  
Solutions  
Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in.  
The  
P
button was not pressed for long enough.  
Solutions  
Hold down the  
P
button for longer than five seconds.  
Power Does Not Turn Off  
The  
P
button was not pressed for long enough.  
Solutions  
Hold down the  
P
button for a little longer. If you still cannot turn off the printer, unplug the power cord.  
Power Turns Off Automatically  
Power Off If Disconnected feature is enabled.  
Solutions  
Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings, and then disable the Power Off If Disconnected  
setting.  
Note:  
is feature may not be available depending on your region.  
120  
   
>
>
Operations are Slow  
Printing Is Too Slow  
e following causes can be considered.  
Unnecessary applications are running.  
Solutions  
Close any unnecessary applications on your computer or smart device.  
The printer is in sleep mode.  
Solutions  
When the printer is in sleep mode it needs to warm up before you can start printing; therefore it may take  
some time before paper is ejected.  
The printer is performing adjustments.  
Solutions  
To maintain optimum print quality, the printer may stop printing to automatically adjust some internal  
features. e printer automatically restarts printing when adjusting is complete.  
A setting that takes some time to process is selected such as thick paper.  
Solutions  
When printing on plain paper, set the paper type setting to Plain paper.  
The printer is cooling the fuser unit.  
Solutions  
When continuously printing on narrow paper, the printer needs to cool the fuser unit to prevent it from  
overheating which may slow down printing. Wait until printing is complete.  
The print data size is too large.  
Solutions  
If you are printing a large data size image, the data may not be processed depending on the CPU or  
memory of the computer. Try the following solutions.  
Install more memory in your computer if you can.  
Set the printer driver's Quality setting to Fast (300dpi).  
Set interfaces that you are not using to disabled.  
The printer is refreshing the drum.  
Solutions  
Wait until the printer has finished. If you set Drum Heater to On in Settings >General Settings >  
System Administration > Printer Adjust Menu, it reduces the frequency of drum refresh.  
121  
>
>
Reducing printing time.  
Solutions  
If you make the following settings, it may reduce the printing time.  
Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings, and then set Quick Sleep to Off.  
Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings, and then set Sleep Timer to maximum value.  
Select Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Printer Adjust Menu, and then set  
Fuser Temperature to Keep.  
Printing Is Too Slow While Using PostScript Printer Driver  
The Print quality setting is high.  
Solutions  
Set the Print Quality setting to Fast in the printer driver.  
LCD Screen Gets Dark  
The printer is in sleep mode.  
Solutions  
Press the  
P
button on the control panel to return the LCD screen to its former state.  
The Root Certificate Needs to be Updated  
The root certificate has expired.  
Solutions  
Run Web Config, and then update the root certificate.  
Cannot Cancel Printing from a Computer Running Mac OS X v10.6.8  
There is a problem with your AirPrint setup.  
Solutions  
Run Web Config, and then select Port9100 as the Top Priority Protocol setting in AirPrint Setup. Select  
System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), remove  
the printer, and then add the printer again.  
Forgot Your Password  
You need help from service personnel.  
Solutions  
If you forget the administrator's password, contact Epson support.  
122  
>
Communication error occurs while using Epson Status Monitor.  
e following causes can be considered.  
IPP is used for communication protocols.  
Solutions  
Since IPP cannot monitor network printers, a communication error may occur, but printing finishes  
normally. To prevent this error from being displayed, clear Monitor the printing status on the Notice  
Settings screen.  
Redirect printing is performed using the remote desktop feature. (Windows XP/Windows  
Vista)  
Solutions  
A communication error is displayed, but printing finishes normally.  
Paper Gets Jammed  
Check the error displayed on the control panel and follow the instructions to remove the jammed paper including  
any torn pieces. e LCD screen displays an animation that shows you how to remove jammed paper. Next, select  
OK to clear the error.  
123  
 
>
>
Caution:  
!
Never touch the areas inside the printer that are marked with caution labels. e inside is very hot and high  
temperature may cause burns. ere are sharp edges around the transfer roller that could injure your fingers.  
Note the following when removing jammed paper.  
Remove the jammed paper carefully with both hands to prevent the paper from tearing. Removing the paper  
with too much force may tear the paper making it difficult to remove which may cause another paper jam.  
If the paper does tear, remove all of the paper including any torn pieces.  
If you cannot remove the torn paper or cannot remove paper that is jammed in a part of the printer not  
explained in this manual, contact Epson support.  
Preventing Paper Jams  
Check the following if paper jams occur frequently.  
124  
 
>
Use the paper supported by this printer.  
Follow paper handling precautions.  
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.  
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specified for paper.  
Load one sheet of paper at a time if you have loaded several sheets of paper.  
For A4 or A5 size paper, change the loading direction to portrait or horizontal. If you load paper in the portrait  
direction, print speed may be slower.  
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the  
printer.  
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen  
If an error message is displayed on the LCD screen, follow the on-screen instructions or the solutions below to  
solve the problem.  
Error Messages  
Solutions  
The combination of the IP address and the  
subnet mask is invalid. See your  
Enter the correct IP address or default gateway. Contact your network  
administrator for assistance.  
documentation for more details.  
To use cloud services, update the root  
Run Web Config, and then update the root certificate.  
certificate from the Epson Web Config utility.  
Check that the printer driver is installed on  
the computer and that the port settings for  
the printer are correct.  
Make sure the printer port is selected correctly in Property > Port from the  
Printer menu as follows.  
Select "USBXXX" for a USB connection, or "EpsonNet Print Port" for a  
network connection.  
Check that the printer driver is installed on  
the computer and that the USB port settings  
for the printer are correct.  
Paper Setup Auto Display is set to Off. Some  
features may not be available. For details,  
see your documentation.  
If Paper Setup Auto Display is disabled, you cannot use AirPrint.  
Printer Error  
Turn off the power, wait for a few minutes, and then turn it on again. If the  
error message is still displayed, contact Epson support.  
Turn on the printer again. See your  
documentation for more details.  
Printer error. Contact Epson Support. Non-  
printing features are available.  
The printer may be damaged. Contact Epson support or an authorised  
Epson service provider to request repairs. However, non-printing features  
are available.  
Paper out in XX.  
Load paper, and then insert the paper cassette all the way.  
Cannot print because XX is out of order. You  
can print from another cassette.  
Turn the power off and on again, and then reinsert the paper cassette. If the  
error message is still displayed, contact Epson support or an authorised  
Epson service provider to request repairs.  
125  
 
>
>
Error Messages  
Solutions  
Maintenance Roller in XX is nearing the end  
of its service life.  
The maintenance rollers need to be replaced periodically. Paper is not fed  
correctly from the paper cassette when it is time for replacement. Contact  
Epson support or an authorized Epson service provider to request  
replacement of the maintenance rollers.  
Maintenance roller in the XX is at the end of  
its service life. For details, see your  
documentation.  
Contact Epson support or an authorized Epson service provider to request  
replacement of the maintenance rollers for the paper cassette.  
Toner Cartridge is at the end of its service  
life.  
Replace with a new toner cartridge and waste toner collector. If the error  
message is still displayed, make sure that the waste toner collector is  
inserted until it locks into place.  
Replace Waste Toner Collector first, then  
Toner Cartridge.  
Recovery Mode  
The printer has started in recovery mode because the firmware update  
failed. Follow the steps below to try to update the firmware again.  
Update Firmware  
1. Connect the computer and the printer with a USB cable. (During recovery  
mode, you cannot update the firmware over a network connection.)  
2. Visit your local Epson website for further instructions.  
It is Time to Replace Consumables  
Precautions when Handling Consumables  
Always observe the following handling precautions when replacing consumables or maintenance parts.  
Warning:  
!
Be sure to read the handling precautions linked below as well as the following precautions.  
Caution:  
!
When replacing consumables, make sure you protect your surroundings by laying down sheets of paper to prevent  
toner from getting on your surroundings or clothes.  
cImportant:  
is product is designed to provide the best print quality when using genuine toner. Other products not  
manufactured by Epson may cause damage or reduce print quality that is not covered by Epson’s warranties, and  
under certain circumstances, may cause erratic printer behavior. Epson shall not be liable for any damages or  
problems arising from the use of consumable products not manufactured or approved by Epson.  
Note:  
Store consumables under the following conditions.  
Store consumables out of direct sunlight. Store them as they were packed at the time of purchase in a location that is not  
subject to condensation and within a temperature of 0 to 35°C and a humidity of 15 to 80%.  
Do not store consumables standing on their ends or tilting.  
126  
   
>
>
Related Information  
It is Time to Replace the Toner Cartridge and the Waste Toner  
Collector  
Handling Precautions when Replacing the Toner Cartridge  
Note the following points when replacing the toner cartridges.  
cImportant:  
Do not refill the toner cartridge. Normal printing may not be possible.  
If toner gets on your skin or clothes, wash it off with soap and water immediately.  
Although the toner is harmless to humans, it can be difficult to remove if it is leſt on your skin or clothes.  
Aſter moving the toner cartridges from a cool to a warm environment, leave it unopened to warm up at room  
temperature for at least one hour before using it.  
Handling Precautions when Replacing the Waste Toner Collector  
Note the following points when replacing the waste toner collector.  
Do not reuse the toner in the waste toner collector.  
Be careful not to spill any toner. Although the toner is harmless to humans, if toner gets on your skin or clothes,  
wash it off with soap and water immediately. If toner is spilled inside the printer, wipe it clean.  
Replacing Toner Cartridges and the Waste Toner Collector  
When a message is displayed prompting you to replace the toner cartridges and the waste toner collector, select  
Next or How To and then view the animations displayed on the printer's control panel to learn how to replace the  
toner cartridges and the waste toner collector.  
Note:  
A waste toner collector is supplied with the toner cartridge.  
Related Information  
127  
   
>
Print Quality is Poor  
Printouts are Light, Dark, Faint, or Dirty  
e following causes can be considered.  
Unsupported paper is being used.  
Solutions  
Use paper supported by this printer.  
Paper is moist or too dry.  
Solutions  
Replace the paper.  
The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.  
Solutions  
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the  
printer.  
The toner save mode is on.  
Solutions  
e toner save feature saves toner while printing, so the print quality is lower than for normal printing.  
is is useful for printing when you are not concerned about the print quality, such as a test print. Turn  
off the toner save mode using the printer driver or the printer's control panel menus.  
Control panel  
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > PDL Print Configuration > Common  
Settings, and then set Toner Save Mode to Off.  
Windows  
Select the printer driver's More Options tab, Image Options, and then clear Toner Save.  
Mac OS  
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &  
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select Off as the  
Toner Save setting.  
128  
   
>
Quality is set to Fast (300 dpi) in the printer driver.  
Solutions  
If you want to print using good quality, set Quality to Fine (600 dpi). If you want to make line drawings  
more precise, set Quality to More Settings, and then move the slider to the Quality side. Note that you  
may not be able to print complicated data if there is insufficient memory. In this case, return Quality to  
Fast (300 dpi).  
If you want to make line drawings more precise, select the More Options tab > Image Options, and then  
disable Emphasize in Lines.  
The paper path is smeared.  
Solutions  
See the animations displayed on the printer's LCD screen to clean the paper path. Select , and then  
select Troubleshooting > Poor Print Quality > Toner smudges on paper .  
The printer is being used at high altitude.  
Solutions  
If you are using the printer at a high altitude, select Settings > General Settings > System  
Administration > Printer Adjust Menu, and then change the Highland setting.  
e printer provides other adjustment features in the Printer Adjust Menu. See the related information  
below for details.  
Non-genuine consumables are used.  
Solutions  
is product is designed to provide the best print quality when using genuine toner. Other products not  
manufactured by Epson may cause damage or reduce print quality that is not covered by Epsons  
warranties, and under certain circumstances, may cause erratic printer behavior. Epson recommends the  
use of genuine Epson toner cartridges. Make sure that the cartridge code matches the product.  
Condensation occurs inside the printer.  
Solutions  
Condensation occurs due to temperature differences in the printer and the surrounding air. If you use a  
heater in low temperature conditions in winter, the warmed air touches the printer and the water vapor  
causes condensation. Select Settings >General Settings > System Administration > Printer Adjust  
Menu, and then set Drum Heater to On, leave the printer turned on, and then if the printer is warm  
enough, try printing.  
The toner cartridge has deteriorated, is damaged or is nearing the end of its service life.  
Solutions  
If you cannot improve the problem aſter printing several pages, replace the toner cartridge with a new  
one.  
129  
>
The printer driver settings need to be changed (Windows).  
Solutions  
Select the Maintenance tab > Extended Settings, and then set Printer Control Language to ESC/Page (-  
Color).  
Select the More Options tab, select Custom from the Tone Correction, and then select Advanced. Select  
Enh.MG, and then move the slider to the Light side.  
The density setting has been changed in the printer driver (Windows).  
Solutions  
Select the More Options tab > Extended Settings, and then adjust the Density setting.  
The Charging Roller Voltage setting has been changed on the printer.  
Solutions  
Select Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Printer Adjust Menu, and then change  
the Charging Roller Voltage setting.  
Drum Refresh with paper needs to be performed.  
Solutions  
Select Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Printer Adjust Menu, and then select  
Drum Refresh with paper.  
The Position, Size, or Margins of the Printout Are Incorrect  
e following causes can be considered.  
The paper is loaded incorrectly.  
Solutions  
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.  
The size of the paper is set incorrectly.  
Solutions  
Select the appropriate paper size setting.  
130  
 
>
The margin setting in the application software is not within the print area.  
Solutions  
Adjust the margin setting in the application so that it falls within the printable area.  
The print start position settings on the printer have been changed.  
Solutions  
You need to set the print start position (offset) for some applications. See the following to make settings.  
Printed Characters Are Incorrect or Garbled  
e following causes can be considered.  
There is a problem with the usage environment.  
Solutions  
If you can perform test printing or status printing correctly, there may be a problem in the usage  
environment. Check the following points.  
e printer is connected correctly with the correct cable.  
e computers specifications support the printer's system requirements.  
You are using the printer driver for a different printer.  
Solutions  
Make sure that the printer driver you are using is for this printer. Check the printer name on the top of  
the printer driver window.  
Cannot Read Barcodes  
131  
   
>
The printer driver settings do not match the barcodes. (Windows)  
Solutions  
For the Quality setting, select Fine (600 dpi) or select More Settings, and then move the slider to the  
Quality side.  
Select the Maintenance tab, Extended Settings, and then select Barcode mode.  
Select the More Options tab > Image Options, and then disable Emphasize in Lines.  
Cannot Print Collated Pages  
The collated setting is selected in the printer driver and application (Windows).  
Solutions  
If you make collated settings in the printer driver and the application from which you are printing, you  
may not be able to perform collated printing correctly. When you have made collated settings in the  
application, do not make settings in the printer driver.  
Last Page is Printed on Opposite Side in 2-sided Printing  
The One-side 2-sides conversion setting is wrong.  
Solutions  
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > PDL Print Configuration > Common Settings,  
and then set Convert to Simplex to Off.  
The Font Cannot be Printed.  
132  
     
>
e following causes can be considered.  
For Windows users, you may use the printer fonts substituted for specified TrueType fonts.  
Solutions  
In the printer driver's Maintenance tab, select Extended Settings, and then clear Print TrueType fonts  
with substitution.  
The selected font is not supported by your printer.  
Solutions  
Select a font that is supported by the printer in the application, and then print.  
Printer Does Not Print Correctly While Using PostScript Printer Driver  
e following causes can be considered.  
There is a problem with the data.  
Solutions  
If the file is created in an application that allows you to change the data format, such as Adobe  
Photoshop, make sure that the settings in the application match the settings in the printer driver.  
EPS files made in binary format may not be printed correctly. Set the format to ASCII when making  
EPS files in an application.  
For Windows, the printer cannot print binary data when it is connected to the computer using a USB  
interface. Set the Output Protocol setting on the Device Settings tab in the printer properties to  
ASCII or TBCP.  
For Windows, select the appropriate substitution fonts on the Device Settings tab in the printer  
properties.  
Cannot Solve Problem  
If you cannot solve the problem aſter trying all of the solutions, contact Epson support.  
133  
   
>
Connecting to a Printer that has been Connected to  
the Network  
When the printer has already been connected to the network, you can connect a computer or a smart device to the  
printer over the network.  
Using a Network Printer from a Second Computer  
We recommend using the installer to connect the printer to a computer. You can run the installer using one of the  
following methods.  
Setting up from the website  
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.  
Setting up using the soſtware disc (only for the models that come with a soſtware disc and users with Windows  
computers with disc drives.)  
Insert the soſtware disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.  
Selecting the Printer  
Follow the on-screen instructions until the following screen is displayed, select the printer name you want to  
connect to, and then click Next.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
135  
   
>
>
Using a Network Printer from a Smart Device  
When the wireless router is connected to the same network as the printer, you can operate the printer via the  
wireless router from your smart device.  
See the following for more details.  
Re-setting the Network Connection  
is section explains how to make the network connection settings and change the connection method when  
replacing the wireless router or the computer.  
When Replacing the Wireless Router  
When the wireless router is connected to the same network as the printer, you can operate the printer via the  
wireless router from your computer or the smart device.  
When you replace the wireless router, make settings for the connection between the computer or the smart device  
and the printer.  
You need to make these settings if you change your Internet service provider and so on.  
Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer  
We recommend using the installer to connect the printer to a computer. You can run the installer using one of the  
following methods.  
Setting up from the website  
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.  
Setting up using the soſtware disc (only for the models that come with a soſtware disc and users with Windows  
computers with disc drives.)  
Insert the soſtware disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.  
Making Settings for Connecting to the Smart Device  
You can operate the printer via the wireless router from your smart device when you connect the printer to the  
same network as the wireless router. To use the printer from a smart device, set up from the following website.  
Access to the website from the smart device that you want to connect to the printer.  
When Changing the Computer  
When changing the computer, make connection settings between the computer and the printer.  
136  
         
>
Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer  
We recommend using the installer to connect the printer to a computer. You can run the installer using one of the  
following methods.  
Setting up from the website  
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.  
Setting up using the soſtware disc (only for the models that come with a soſtware disc and users with Windows  
computers with disc drives.)  
Insert the soſtware disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
Changing the Connection Method to the Computer  
is section explains how to change the connection method when the computer and the printer have been  
connected.  
Changing from USB to a Network Connection  
Using the installer and re-set up in a different connection method.  
Setting up from the website  
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.  
Setting up using the soſtware disc (only for the models that come with a soſtware disc and users with Windows  
computers with disc drives.)  
Insert the soſtware disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.  
Selecting Change the Connection Methods  
Follow the on-screen instructions until the following screen is displayed.  
Select the network connection that you want to use, Connect via wireless network (Wi-Fi) or Connect via wired  
LAN (Ethernet), and then click Next.  
Note:  
e displayed connection method differs depending on the model.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
Checking the Network Connection Status  
You can check the network connection status in the following way.  
Related Information  
137  
     
>
>
Checking the Network Connection Status from the Control Panel  
You can check the network connection status using the network icon or the network information on the printers  
control panel.  
Checking the Network Connection Status using the Network Icon  
You can check the network connection status using the network icon on the printer's home screen.  
Related Information  
Displaying Detailed Network Information on the Control Panel  
When your printer is connected to the network, you can also view other network-related information by selecting  
the network menus you want to check.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Select Settings on the home screen.  
Select General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status.  
To check the information, select the menus that you want to check.  
Wired LAN Status  
Displays the network information for Ethernet.  
Print Status Sheet  
Prints a network status sheet. e information for Ethernet is printed on two or more pages.  
Printing a Network Connection Report  
You can print a network connection report to check the network status for the printer.  
1.  
Select Settings on the home screen.  
To select an item, use the u d l r buttons, and then press the OK button.  
2.  
Select General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check.  
e connection check starts.  
138  
   
>
>
3.  
4.  
Select Print Check Report.  
Print the network connection report.  
If an error has occurred, check the network connection report, and then follow the printed solutions.  
Related Information  
Messages and Solutions on the Network Connection Report  
Check the messages and error codes on the network connection report, and then follow the solutions.  
a. Error code  
b. Messages on the Network Environment  
Related Information  
139  
 
>
>
E-1  
Solutions:  
Make sure the Ethernet cable is securely connected to your printer and to your hub or other network device.  
Make sure your hub or other network device is turned on.  
E-8  
Solutions:  
Enable DHCP on the router if the printers Obtain IP Address setting is set to Auto.  
If the printers Obtain IP Address setting is set to Manual, the IP address you manually set is invalid due to out  
of range (for example: 0.0.0.0). Set a valid IP address from the printers control panel.  
Related Information  
E-9  
Solutions:  
Check the following.  
Devices are turned on.  
You can access the Internet and other computers or network devices on the same network from the devices you  
want to connect to the printer.  
If still does not connect your printer and network devices aſter confirming the above, turn off the router. Wait for  
about 10 seconds, and then turn it on. en reset your network settings by downloading and running the installer  
from the following website.  
Related Information  
E-10  
Solutions:  
Check the following.  
140  
       
>
>
Other devices on the network are turned on.  
Network addresses (IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway) are correct if you have set the printers  
Obtain IP Address to Manual.  
Reset the network address if they are incorrect. You can check the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway  
from the Network Status part on the network connection report.  
Related Information  
E-11  
Solutions:  
Check the following.  
e default gateway address is correct if you set the printer’s TCP/IP Setup setting to Manual.  
e device that is set as the default gateway is turned on.  
Set the correct default gateway address. You can check the default gateway address from the Network Status part  
on the network connection report.  
Related Information  
E-12  
Solutions:  
Check the following.  
Other devices on the network are turned on.  
e network addresses (IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway) are correct if you are entering them  
manually.  
e network addresses for other devices (subnet mask and default gateway) are the same.  
e IP address does not conflict with other devices.  
If still does not connect your printer and network devices aſter confirming the above, try the following.  
Turn off the router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.  
Make network settings again using the installer. You can run it from the following website.  
Related Information  
141  
   
E-13  
>
>
Solutions:  
Check the following.  
Network devices such as a wireless router, hub, and router are turned on.  
e TCP/IP Setup for network devices has not been set up manually. (If the printer’s TCP/IP Setup is set  
automatically while the TCP/IP Setup for other network devices is performed manually, the printers network  
may differ from the network for other devices.)  
If it still does not work aſter checking the above, try the following.  
Turn off the router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.  
Make network settings on the computer that is on the same network as the printer using the installer. You can  
run it from the following website.  
Related Information  
Printing a Network Status Sheet  
You can check the detailed network information by printing it.  
1.  
Select Settings on the home screen.  
To select an item, use the u d l r buttons, and then press the OK button.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Select Printer Status/Print >Network .  
Select Print Status Sheet.  
Check the message, and then print the network status sheet.  
Checking the Network of the Computer (Windows only)  
By using the command prompt, check the connection status of the computer and the connection path to the  
printer. is will lead you to solve the problems.  
142  
     
>
>
ipconfig command  
Display the connection status of the network interface that is currently used by the computer.  
By comparing the setting information with actual communication, you can check whether the connection is  
correct. In case there are multiple DHCP servers on the same network, you can find out the actual address  
assigned to the computer, the referred DNS server, etc.  
Format : ipconfig /all  
Examples :  
pathping command  
You can confirm the list of routers passing through the destination host and the routing of communication.  
Format : pathping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  
Examples : pathping 192.0.2.222  
143  
>
List of Optional Items  
No.  
Optional Item  
Code  
Overview  
500-Sheet Paper  
Cassette Unit  
C12C802811  
Allows you to load up to 500 sheets of plain  
paper (80 g/m2).  
A
You can install up to 4 paper cassette units for  
the AL-M8250DN/AL-M8150DN, and 3 paper  
cassette units for the AL-M7150DN .  
Printer Stand  
C12C932091  
With casters.  
B
145  
 
>
No.  
Optional Item  
Code  
Overview  
10/100/1000 Base-T,  
Ethernet  
C12C935771  
Two wired LAN networks are available. The  
communication speed is a high-speed interface  
that supports 1 Gbit/s.  
A
Only available for the AL-M8250DN/AL-  
M8150DN.  
HDD  
C12C934441  
You can install an HDD. Use the designated HDD  
(model number: C12C934441). Operation  
cannot be guaranteed if other HDDs are  
connected.  
B
Only available for the AL-M8250DN/AL-  
M8150DN .  
Hold up to 250 sheets of plain paper (80 g/m2).  
Face-Up Tray  
C12C817071  
C
146  
>
Precautions when Installing Optional Items  
Prepare a coin or a screwdriver in advance.  
Make sure that there is no damage to the optional items and that nothing is missing. If you notice any damage or  
missing items, contact the dealer where you purchased your product.  
Warning:  
!
Do not attempt to take apart this product yourself except as specifically instructed in the printer's documentation.  
Otherwise, safety devices could be damaged and accidents such as laser light leakage, abnormal heating of the the  
fuser unit or electric shock in high voltage sections may occur.  
Caution:  
!
When carrying the printer, liſt it using a stable position. Liſting the printer using an unstable position may result  
in injury.  
Because this printer is heavy, it should always be carried by two or more people when unpacking and  
transporting.  
When you inserting cables and optional items, make sure you insert them in the correct direction and by  
following the correct steps according to the manual. Otherwise, there is a risk of fire or injury.  
cImportant:  
Turn off the printer by pressing the  
P
button and then unplug the power cord. Do not unplug the power code before  
the printer turns off. Otherwise, the printer may be damaged.  
Checking the Installed Optional Items  
You can use the Configuration Status Sheet to check if optional items are installed correctly.  
1.  
Select Settings on the printer's control panel.  
Press u d l r button to select menus and then press the OK button.  
2.  
3.  
Select Printer Status/Print > Print Status Sheet > Configuration Status Sheet.  
Select Print.  
If you want to print on both sides, select 2-Sided Printing.  
147  
   
>
>
Printer Stand  
Installing the Printer Stand to the Paper Cassette Unit  
You can install the printer stand on the paper cassette unit or the printer directly.  
e instructions below describe installing on the paper cassette unit as an example. We recommend using the  
printer stand if you install the paper cassette units.  
*: You can install up to 4 paper cassette units for the AL-M8250DN/AL-M8150DN, and 3 paper cassette units for  
the AL-M7150DN .  
1.  
Place the printer stand on a flat surface and lock the front casters.  
Keep the casters locked to prevent the printer from moving.  
148  
   
>
>
2.  
Install two guide pins on the printer stand.  
3.  
Pull out the upper paper cassette.  
149  
>
>
4.  
Set the lowest paper cassette unit on the printer stand. Align each of the holes on the bottom with the guide  
pins.  
Install the printer aſter you have installed all of the paper cassette units on the printer stand.  
5.  
Reinsert the paper cassette into the paper cassette unit.  
150  
>
>
6.  
Use screws to secure the two metal hooks to the back of the printer as shown below.  
See the Related Information when installing the printer on the paper cassette unit or the printer stand.  
Related Information  
Moving the Printer While the Printer Stand is Attached  
Unlock the stopper for the casters. Avoid steps when moving the printer to prevent it from being subjected to  
shocks.  
Related Information  
Printer Stand Specifications  
Dimensions*  
Width: 512 mm (20.2 in.)  
Depth: 518 mm (20.4 in.)  
Height: 109 mm (4.3 in.)  
Weight  
Approx. 5.1 kg (11.3 lb)  
*:Including the 20 mm protruding pin.  
151  
   
>
>
Paper Cassette Unit  
Installing the Paper Cassette Units to the Printer  
Caution:  
!
Make sure you turn off the printer, unplug the power cord from the printer, and disconnect any cables before  
starting installation. Otherwise, the power cord may be damaged resulting in fire or electric shock.  
When liſting the printer, place your hands in the positions shown below. If you liſt the printer holding other  
positions, the printer may fall or you may trap your fingers when placing the printer.  
Do not touch the projections on the bottom of the printer that are for connecting an optional paper cassette.  
cImportant:  
If you are using the printer stand, install it onto the lowest paper cassette unit in advance.  
When installing the printer stand, make sure you lock the casters. Otherwise, the printer may move and cause an  
accident.  
152  
   
>
>
1.  
Unlock the fixture on the back as shown below.  
153  
>
>
2.  
Place the paper cassette unit or the printer on the lower paper cassette unit.  
Align each of the holes with the guide pins of the paper cassette unit, and then lower the paper cassette unit or  
the printer until it resets securely on the unit.  
154  
>
>
3.  
Lock the fixtures to secure the paper cassette units.  
4.  
5.  
Reconnect the USB cable and power cord, and then turn on the printer.  
Aſter installing the paper cassette units, print a Configuration Status Sheet to check if the optional items are  
installed correctly.  
Related Information  
Setting the Paper Cassette Unit in the Printer Driver  
To use the installed paper cassette unit, the printer driver needs to acquire the necessary information.  
155  
 
>
>
Setting the Paper Cassette Unit in the Printer Driver - Windows  
Note:  
Log on to your computer as an administrator.  
1.  
Open the printer list on the computer.  
Windows 10/Windows Server 2016  
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers  
in Hardware and Sound.  
Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012  
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound.  
Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound.  
Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008  
Click the start button, and then select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound.  
Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers and Faxes.  
2.  
3.  
Right-click on your printer, or press and hold it, select Printer properties or Property, and then click the  
Optional Settings tab.  
Select Acquire from Printer, and then click Get.  
Optional Paper Sources information is displayed in Current Printer Information.  
4.  
Click OK.  
Setting the Paper Cassette Unit in the Printer Driver - Mac OS  
1.  
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and  
then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver).  
2.  
3.  
Set Lower Cassette according to the number of paper cassettes.  
Click OK.  
Problems with the Paper Cassette Unit  
Paper Does Not Feed from the Paper Cassette Units  
If you have added paper cassette units, you need to make settings in the printer driver.  
156  
 
>
>
Paper Cassette Unit Specifications  
Supported Paper  
Type  
Size  
Plain paper, Recycled paper, High quality plain paper  
A3, B4, A4, A5 (Portrait), B5, Letter, Half Letter (Portrait), Legal,  
Government Letter, Government Legal, Executive, F4, 11×17 in  
Weight of Paper  
60 to 120g/m2  
Maximum 500 Sheets (80 g/m2)  
Capacity  
Dimensions*  
Width: 490 mm (19.3 in.)  
Depth: 410 mm (16.2 in.)  
Height: 121 mm (4.8in.)  
Weight  
Approx. 5 kg (11.1 lb)  
*
: Without the protruding pins.  
Face-up Tray  
Installing the Face up Tray  
Install the face up tray on the back of the printer.  
Note:  
Holds up to 250 sheets (plain paper 80 g/m2).  
Make sure you open the face up tray when you use the printer.  
If you use both the printer stand and the face up tray, you can install up to 3 paper cassette units.  
157  
     
>
>
Output to the Face up Tray Using Setting from the Printer Driver  
Select the face up tray in the printer driver as shown below. e printer driver settings override settings made using  
the control panel.  
Windows: Main > Paper Output Settings > Output Tray > Face-up  
Mac OS: Print Settings > Output Tray > Face Up Tray  
Face up Tray Specifications  
Dimensions  
Width: 365 mm (14.4 in.)  
Depth: 464 mm (18.3 in.)  
Height: 69 mm (2.7 in.)  
Weight  
Approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb)  
HDD (AL-M8250DN/AL-M8150DN Only)  
Installing the HDD  
Prepare a screwdriver when you install the HDD.  
Caution:  
!
Make sure you turn off the power, unplug the power cord, and check that all wiring has been disconnected. e cord  
may be damaged, resulting in electric shock or fire.  
cImportant:  
Install the designated HDD (model number: C12C934441). Operation cannot be guaranteed if other HDDs are  
installed.  
Electrostatic discharge can damage printer parts. Make sure you discharge static electricity from your body by  
touching grounding yourself before installing the HDD.  
Handle the HDD with care. Excessive force may damage the components.  
1.  
Turn off the printer by pressing the  
P
button.  
2.  
Disconnect all cables such as the power cord and USB cable.  
158  
       
>
>
3.  
4.  
5.  
Loosen the four screws of the additional interface slot on the back of the printer.  
Pull out the additional interface slot. Pull the black parts of the slot straight out and avoid tilting.  
See the following to identify where to place the HDD.  
159  
>
>
*1: Cable outlet  
*2: Screw positions  
6.  
Confirm the bundled items.  
Note:  
Cable sets A and B are not used.  
7.  
Connect the two cables to the HDD.  
Make sure you connect the cables in the correct direction as shown below.  
160  
>
>
8.  
Connect the two cables to the circuit board.  
161  
>
>
Place the cable under the HDD as shown below.  
9.  
Place the HDD by aligning each of the holes with the screw holes on the printer, and then secure the HDD in  
place with four screws.  
162  
>
>
10.  
Reinsert the additional interface slot and secure it with the four screws.  
11.  
12.  
Connect the removed power cord and USB cable.  
Aſter installing the HDD, print a Configuration Status Sheet to check if the HDD is installed correctly.  
cImportant:  
Do not remove the installed HDD. If you reinstall it, the data stored in the HDD cannot be guaranteed and may  
be deleted.  
If you remove the HDD to perform repairs or transport the printer, data could be lost. Make sure you select  
Option HDD invalid, and then remove the HDD in the reverse order to the installation procedure.  
Related Information  
Setting the HDD in the Printer Driver  
e process is the same as for the paper cassette unit.  
Related Information  
163  
 
>
>
Making Settings for Processing Saved Data  
You can make settings for processing data stored in the internal hard disc.  
Jobs for printing are temporarily saved to the hard disc in order to handle the data for authenticated printing and  
the large amount of printing, etc. Make settings to safely erase this data.  
Sequential Deletion from Hard Disk  
When enabled, the target data is erased sequentially when it becomes unnecessary, such as when printing is  
completed. e target to be deleted is data written while this function is enabled.  
Because access to the hard disc is necessary, the time to enter power saving mode will be delayed.  
Erase All Memory  
Erases all data on the hard disc. You cannot perform other operations or turn off the device during formatting.  
High Speed: Erases all data with a dedicated erase command.  
Overwrite: Erases all data with a dedicated erase command, and overwrites other data in all areas to erase all  
data.  
Triple Overwrite: Erases all data with a dedicated erase command, and overwrites other data in all areas three  
times to erase all data.  
Making Settings for Sequential Deletion  
Note:  
You can also make settings from the device's control panel.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Access Web Config and select the Device Management > Stored Data.  
Select ON for Sequential Deletion from Hard Disk.  
Click OK.  
Formatting the Internal Hard Disc  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Select Settings on the home screen on the printer's control panel.  
Select General Settings > System Administration > HDD Erase Settings.  
Select Erase All Memory.  
Select High Speed, Overwrite, or Triple Overwrite according to the purpose.  
Select Yes on the confirmation screen.  
164  
 
>
>
Menu Options for Printing from a Computer (When the HDD is  
Installed)  
If you want to use the HDD, select Printer Properties > Optional Settings > Printer Information > Manual  
Settings > Settings > Hard Disk Unit in the printer driver.  
More Options Tab Windows (When the HDD is Installed)  
Job Type:  
Verify Job: When printing multiple copies, allows you to print one copy to check the content. To  
print aſter making the second copy, operate the printer's control panel.  
Click Settings to set User Name and Job Name.  
Re-Print Job: Allows you to store the print job in the printer's memory. You can start printing by  
operating the printer's control panel.  
Click Settings to set User Name and Job Name.  
Related Information  
Settings Menu List (When the HDD is Installed)  
When the HDD is installed, the menu below is displayed on the printer's control panel.  
Settings > General Settings > System Administration  
HDD Erase Settings:  
Make settings for processing data stored in the internal hard disc.  
Jobs for printing are temporarily saved to the hard disc in order to handle the data for authenticated printing and  
the large amount of printing, etc. Make settings to safely erase this data.  
Auto Erase Memory Setting:  
When enabled, the target data is erased sequentially when it becomes unnecessary, such as when  
printing is completed. e target to be deleted is data written while this function is enabled.  
Because access to the hard disc is necessary, the time to enter power saving mode will be delayed.  
Erase All Memory:  
Erases all data on the hard disc. You cannot perform other operations or turn off the device during  
formatting.  
High Speed:  
Erases all data with a dedicated erase command.  
165  
   
>
>
Overwrite:  
Erases all data with a dedicated erase command, and overwrites other data in all areas to erase all  
data.  
Triple Overwrite:  
Erases all data with a dedicated erase command, and overwrites three times other data in all areas to  
erase all data.  
Option HDD invalid:  
Select this setting if you remove the HDD when repairing or transferring the printer.  
cImportant:  
Do not remove the installed HDD. If you reinstall it, the data stored in the HDD cannot be guaranteed and may be  
deleted.  
Ethernet Board (10/100/1000 Base-T, Ethernet) (AL-  
M8250DN/AL-M8150DN Only)  
Function List when Using an Additional Network  
Functions  
Standard  
Additional  
Related information  
Printing  
Printing from a  
computer  
Epson Connect  
-
-
EPSON Software Updater  
Updating firmware  
-
*1  
*1  
Network settings  
Setting an IP  
address  
Setting a proxy  
server  
-
*1  
*1  
Setting from Web Config  
*2  
*2  
Email notification  
166  
   
>
>
Functions  
Standard  
Additional  
Related information  
*1  
*1  
Configuring the administrator  
password  
*1  
*1  
Advanced  
security settings  
IPsec/IP Filtering  
IEEE802.1X  
*1  
*1  
= Available.  
- = Not available.  
*1 : You need to make settings for each network.  
*2 : You can use the standard or the additional network to send to recipients for each destination.  
Installing an Ethernet Board  
Caution:  
!
Make sure you turn off the power, unplug the power cord, and check that all wiring has been disconnected. e cord  
may be damaged, resulting in electric shock or fire.  
cImportant:  
Electrostatic discharge can damage printer parts. Make sure you discharge static electricity from your body by  
touching grounding yourself before installing the ethernet board.  
When installing the ethernet board, make sure that the additional interface slot is installed in the printer.  
1.  
Turn off the printer by pressing the  
P
button.  
2.  
Disconnect all cables such as the power cord and USB cable.  
167  
 
>
>
3.  
Loosen the two screws and then remove the cover.  
Keep the cover in a safe place as you will need it if you remove the ethernet board.  
4.  
Install the ethernet board straight into the additional interface slot for the ethernet board.  
Insert the ethernet board firmly into the slot.  
cImportant:  
Do not remove the cover of the ethernet board.  
Do not touch the terminals of the ethernet board.  
5.  
6.  
Secure the ethernet board with the two screws.  
Connect the removed power cord and USB cable.  
168  
>
>
7.  
Aſter installing the ethernet board, print a Configuration Status Sheet to check if the board is installed  
correctly.  
Related Information  
Settings when Using an Additional Network  
Administrator Password Setting for Additional Network  
When you set an administrator password for the additional network, you can prevent users from changing  
additional network settings. You can set and change the administrator password for the additional network using  
Web Config from a computer on the additional network. e administrator password for the additional network  
and for the printer are different.  
e initial password for the additional network is the last eight digits of the MAC address. To check this, select  
Wired LAN Status for the additional network on the printer's control panel to display the details. You can also  
confirm the MAC address on the label stuck to the Ethernet board.  
We recommend that you change the initial password as soon as possible to prevent unauthorized access. If you  
reset the additional network to the default settings, the initial password will be restored.  
Related Information  
Configuring the Administrator Password for the Additional Network  
You can set the administrator password using Web Config from a computer on the additional network.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Enter the printer's IP address for the additional network into a browser to access Web Config.  
Select the Product Security tab > Change Administrator Password.  
Enter a password to New Password and Confirm New Password. Enter the user name, if necessary.  
If you want to change the password to new one, enter a current password.  
4.  
Select OK.  
Note:  
To set or change the locked menu items, click Administrator Login, and then enter the administrator password.  
169  
   
>
>
Related Information  
Connecting to the Network from the Control Panel (When Using an Additional  
Network)  
Connect the printer to the network by using the printer's control panel.  
Assigning the IP Address (When Using an Additional Network)  
Set up the basic items such as Host Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway.  
Make settings for the standard and the additional network.  
is section explains the procedure for setting a static IP address.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Turn on the printer.  
Select Settings on the home screen on the printer's control panel.  
Select General Settings > Network Settings.  
Select Standard or Additional for the network that you want to set up.  
Select Advanced > TCP/IP.  
Note:  
When you select Advanced, you need to enter the administrator password for the additional network.  
6.  
7.  
Select Manual for Obtain IP Address.  
When you set the IP address automatically by using the DHCP function of router, select Auto. In that case, the  
IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway on step 7 to 8 are also set automatically, so go to step 9.  
Enter the IP address.  
Focus moves to the forward segment or the back segment separated by a period if you select  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
l
and  
r.  
8.  
9.  
Set up the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
cImportant:  
If the combination of the IP Address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway is incorrect, Start Setup is inactive  
and cannot proceed with the settings. Confirm that there is no error in the entry.  
Enter the IP address for the primary DNS server.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
170  
   
>
>
Note:  
When you select Auto for the IP address assignment settings, you can select the DNS server settings from Manual or  
Auto. If you cannot obtain the DNS server address automatically, select Manual and enter the DNS server address.  
en, enter the secondary DNS server address directly. If you select Auto, go to step 11.  
10.  
11.  
Enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
Select Start Setup.  
Setting the Proxy Server (When Using an Additional Network)  
Set up the proxy server if both of the following are true.  
e proxy server is built for Internet connection.  
When using a function in which a printer directly connects to the Internet, such as Epson Connect service or  
another company's cloud services.  
e proxy server is only available on the standard network.  
1.  
Select Settings on the home screen.  
When making settings aſter IP address setting, the Advanced screen is displayed. Go to step 3.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Select General Settings > Network Settings > Standard > Advanced.  
Select Proxy Server.  
Select Use for Proxy Server Settings.  
Enter the address for the proxy server by IPv4 or FQDN format.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
6.  
7.  
Enter the port number for the proxy server.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
Select Start Setup.  
Connecting to Ethernet (When Using an Additional Network)  
Connecting to Ethernet on the Standard Network  
Connect the printer to the standard network by using an Ethernet cable, and then check the connection.  
1.  
2.  
Connect the printer and hub (LAN switch) by Ethernet cable.  
Select Settings on the home screen.  
171  
 
>
>
3.  
4.  
Select General Settings > Network Settings > Standard > Connection Check.  
e connection diagnosis result is displayed. Confirm the connection is correct.  
Select Dismiss to finish.  
When you select Print Check Report, you can print the diagnosis result. Follow the on-screen instructions to  
print it.  
Connecting to Ethernet on an Additional Network  
Connect the printer to the additional network by using an Ethernet cable, and then check the connection.  
1.  
2.  
Connect the printer and hub (LAN switch) by Ethernet cable.  
Check that the lights for the LAN port for the additional network are flashing.  
Receiving Email Notifications When Events Occur (When Using an Additional  
Network)  
About Email Notifications (When Using an Additional Network)  
is is the notification function that, when events such as printing stop and printer error occur, send the email to  
the specified address.  
You can register up to five destinations and set the notification settings for each destination.  
To use this function, you need to set up the mail server before setting up notifications. Set up the email server on  
the network (standard or additional) to which you want to send the email.  
Related Information  
Configuring Email Notification (When Using an Additional Network)  
Configure email notification by using Web Config from a computer on the standard network.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Enter the printer's IP address for the standard network into a browser to access Web Config.  
Select the Device Management tab > Email Notification.  
Set the subject of email notification.  
Select the contents displayed on the subject from the two pull-down menus.  
e selected contents are displayed next to Subject.  
e same contents cannot be set on leſt and right.  
When the number of characters in Location exceeds 32 bytes, characters exceeding 32 bytes are omitted.  
172  
 
>
>
4.  
Enter the email address for sending the notification email.  
Use A-Z a-z 0-9 ! # $ % & ' * + - . /= ? ^ _ { | } ~ @, and enter between 1 and 255 characters.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
Select Standard or Additional for the network used to send to recipients.  
Select the language for the email notifications.  
Select the check box on the event for which you want to receive a notification.  
e number of Notification Settings is linked to the destination number of Email Address Settings.  
Example :  
If you want a notification sent to the email address set for number 1 in Email Address Settings when the  
printer is out of paper, select the check box column 1 in line Paper out.  
8.  
Click OK.  
Confirm that an email notification will be sent by causing an event.  
Example : Print by specifying the Paper Source where paper is not set.  
Related Information  
Solving Problems when Using an Additional Network  
Cannot Print from a Computer  
The standard or additional network settings are incorrect.  
You need to set up the standard network and the additional network. Check the settings for both networks.  
Related Information  
Menu Options for Network Settings (When Using an Additional  
Network)  
is section explains the Network Settings menu when using the additional network.  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings  
173  
   
Standard:  
>
>
Set up the standard network. See Related Information below.  
Related Information  
Additional:  
Set up the additional network.  
Network Status:  
Displays or prints the current network settings.  
Wired LAN Status  
Print Status Sheet  
Advanced:  
Make the following detailed settings.  
TCP/IP  
IPv6 Address  
Link Speed & Duplex  
Redirect HTTP to HTTPS  
Disable IPsec/IP Filtering  
Disable IEEE802.1X  
You need to enter the administrator password for the additional network.  
Restore Default Settings:  
Reset the settings for the additional network to their defaults.  
You need to enter the administrator password for the additional network.  
Network Transmission Route:  
is menu is unavailable.  
LDAP Server:  
is menu is unavailable.  
174  
>
>
Paper Information  
Available Paper and Capacities  
Available Paper and Capacities  
Using paper other than the paper below may cause paper jams or damage to the printer. Make sure you perform a  
test print before using paper with large variations in quality such as recycled paper or envelopes.  
Even if the paper thickness is available, print quality may decline or paper jams may occur depending on the paper  
quality (paper grain, hardness, and so on).  
Note:  
See the following for information on available paper types for 2-sided printing.  
Note:  
Paper cassette 5 is only for AL-M8250DN and AL-M8150DN.  
Envelopes are printed at a slower speed than plain paper, to get better print quality.  
If you select Auto Select in Paper Source in the printer driver, the printer will search for a paper source containing the  
paper size specified in Document Size, and prints from the paper source until there is no more paper, then it prints from  
the next paper source automatically. Using this auto select function, for plain paper (80g/m²), the printer can  
continuously print up to 2600 sheets (for AL-M8250DN and AL-M8150DN), or up to 2100 sheets (for AL-M7150DN).  
e output tray capacity for plain paper is as follows:  
up to 550 sheets for face-down tray (standard output tray)  
up to 250 sheets for face-up tray (optional output tray)  
Select the size of the paper that is loaded on the paper size setting dial on the paper cassette. If the paper size is not on the  
dial, select Panel on the dial, and set the paper size on the control panel.  
Plain papers (60 to 80g/m2)*1, Semi-thick paper (75 to 120g/m2), Special paper  
Plain paper includes preprinted paper (60 to 75g/m2)*2, letterhead (90 to 120g/m2), color paper (90 to 120g/m2), recycled paper  
(60 to 80g/m2)*3  
.
*1 For paper less than 64g/m2 set the paper type to Thin on the control panel and in the printer driver.  
*2 Paper on which various forms are pre-printed such as slips.  
*3 Use only at normal temperature (15 to 25˚C) and humidity (40 to 60%). Poor quality paper may reduce print quality, or cause  
paper jams and other problems.  
Size  
Loading Capacity (Sheets)  
Paper Cassette 1  
Paper Cassette 2 to 5  
Paper Tray  
A3, B4, US B (11×17 in.)  
500  
500  
500  
500  
50  
100*1  
A4, A5 Portrait, B5, Half  
Letter, Executive, 8×10.5 in.,  
8.27×13 in., Letter, 8.5×13  
in., Legal, SP1 (210×270  
mm)  
176  
     
>
>
Size  
Loading Capacity (Sheets)  
Paper Cassette 1  
Paper Cassette 2 to 5  
Paper Tray  
300*2  
A5 Landscape, A6, SP2  
(210×149 mm)  
-
100  
SP3 (100×170mm)  
SP4 (130×182 mm)  
-
-
100  
100  
-
500  
-
-
User Defined  
500  
Width: 148 to 297mm  
Length: 182 to 431.8mm  
User Defined  
500  
-
-
-
Width: 105 to 297mm  
Length: 148 to 431.8mm  
100*3  
User Defined  
-
Width: 70 to 297mm  
Length: 148 to 450mm  
*1 The loading capacity for A4 size paper (60g/m2 to 64g/m2) is 120 sheets.  
*2 The loading capacity for paper smaller than A5 landscape and A6 size is 300 sheets.  
*3 The loading capacity for paper longer than B4 (364 mm) is 50 sheets.  
Thick paper (120 to 220g/m2)  
Select Thick paper1 for thick paper (120 to 135g/m2), Thick paper2 for thick paper (135 to 170g/m2), or Thick paper3 for thick  
paper (170 to 220g/m2) as the paper type setting.  
Size  
Loading Capacity (Thickness)  
Paper Cassette 1  
Paper Cassette 2 to 5  
Paper Tray  
A3, A4, A5, A6, B5, B4, Half  
Letter, Executive, 8×10.5 in.,  
8.27×13 in., Letter, 8.5×13  
in., Legal, US B (11×17 in.)  
-
-
5.5mm  
User Defined  
Width: 70 to 297mm  
Length: 148 to 450mm  
Labels  
Size  
Loading Capacity (Sheets)  
Paper Cassette 1  
Paper Cassette 2 to 5  
Paper Tray  
A4, Letter  
-
-
30  
177  
>
>
Transparencies  
Size  
Loading Capacity (Sheets)  
Paper Cassette 1  
Paper Cassette 2 to 5  
Paper Tray  
A4, Letter  
-
-
5
Envelope  
Size  
Loading Capacity (Sheets)  
Paper Cassette 1  
Paper Cassette 2 to 5  
Paper Tray  
Monarch  
-
-
5
Envelope #10  
Envelope DL  
Envelope C6  
Envelope C5  
Envelope B5  
Paper for Automatic 2-Sided Printing  
Plain paper, Semi-thick paper*  
*
Except A5 landscape, A6, SP2, SP3, and SP4 size.  
For automatic 2-sided printing with User Defined paper sizes, you can use 148 to 297 x 182 to 431.8 mm paper sizes.  
Related Information  
Unavailable Paper Types  
Do not use the following papers. Using these types of paper causes paper jams and smears on the printout.  
Media meant for other color laser printers, black-and-white laser printers, color copiers, black-and-white  
copiers, or ink jet printers  
Previously printed paper by any other color laser printers, black-and-white laser printers, color copiers, black-  
and-white copiers, ink jet printers, or thermal transfer printers  
Paper that has already been printed on with special ink  
Very thin paper (59g/m² or less), or very thick paper (221g/m² or more)  
Carbon paper, carbonless paper, thermal-sensitive paper, pressure-sensitive paper, acid paper, or paper that uses  
high-temperature-sensitive ink (around 175 ˚C)  
Labels that peel easily or labels that do not cover the backing sheet completely  
Special surface-coated paper or special surface-colored paper  
Paper that has binder holes or is perforated  
Paper that has glue, staples, paper clips, or tape on it  
178  
   
>
Paper that attracts static electricity  
Moist or damp paper  
Paper of uneven thickness  
Overly thick or thin paper  
Paper that is too smooth or too rough  
Paper that is different on the front and back  
Paper that is folded, curled, wavy, or torn  
Paper of irregular shape, or paper that does not have right angle corners  
Do not use the following envelopes. Using these types of envelope causes paper jams and smears on the printout.  
Envelopes that have glue or tape  
Envelopes that have plastic windows  
Consumable Products Information  
Consumable Products Code  
A waste toner collector is supplied with the toner cartridge. Replace the waste toner collector when replacing the  
toner cartridge.  
For AL-M8250DN and AL-M8150DN  
Product name  
Part  
number  
Remark  
STANDARD CAPACITY TONER CARTRIDGE  
BLACK *  
10141  
10142  
Storage temperature: 0 to 35˚C (32 to 95˚F)  
Storage humidity: 15 to 80% RH  
HIGH CAPACITY TONER CARTRIDGE BLACK  
Support only for AL-M8250DN  
*
For AL-M7150DN  
Product name  
Part  
number  
Remark  
STANDARD CAPACITY TONER CARTRIDGE  
BLACK  
10141  
Storage temperature: 0 to 35˚C (32 to 95˚F)  
Storage humidity: 15 to 80% RH  
Software Information  
is section introduces the network services and soſtware products available for your printer from the Epson  
website.  
179  
     
>
>
Software for Printing  
Application for Printing from a Computer (Windows Printer Driver)  
e printer driver controls the printer according to the commands from an application. Making settings on the  
printer driver provides the best printing results. You can check the status of the printer using the printer driver  
utility.  
Note:  
You can change the language of the printer driver. Select the language you want to use from the Language setting on the  
Maintenance tab.  
Accessing the printer driver from applications  
To make settings that apply only to the application you are using, access from that application.  
Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu. Select your printer, and then click Preferences or Properties.  
Note:  
Operations differ depending on the application. See the application's help for details.  
Accessing the printer driver from the control panel  
To make settings that apply to all of the applications, access from the control panel.  
Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016  
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers in  
Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences  
Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012  
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click  
on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences  
Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-  
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.  
Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer  
and select Printing preferences.  
Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers and Faxes. Right-  
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.  
Accessing the printer driver from the printer icon on the task bar  
e printer icon on the desktop task bar is a shortcut icon allowing you to quickly access the printer driver.  
If you click the printer icon and select Printer Settings, you can access the same printer settings window as the one  
displayed from the control panel. If you double-click this icon, you can check the status of the printer.  
Note:  
If the printer icon is not displayed on the task bar, access the printer driver window, click Monitoring Preferences on the  
Maintenance tab, and then select Register the shortcut icon to the taskbar.  
180  
 
>
>
Starting the utility  
Access the printer driver window. Click the Maintenance tab.  
Related Information  
Guide to Windows Printer Driver  
EPSON Status Monitor  
You can use this utility to monitor the status of your printer and display error messages and more. You can also  
check the status of consumables and the progress of printing. You need to install this soſtware to use it.  
Related Information  
Application for Printing from a Computer (Mac OS Printer Driver)  
e printer driver controls the printer according to the commands from an application. Making settings on the  
printer driver provides the best printing results. You can check the status of the printer using the printer driver  
utility.  
Accessing the printer driver from applications  
Click Page Setup or Print on the File menu of your application. If necessary, click Show Details (or  
the print window.  
d) to expand  
Note:  
Depending on the application being used, Page Setup may not be displayed in the File menu, and the operations for  
displaying the print screen may differ.See the application's help for details.  
Starting the utility  
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then  
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.  
Related Information  
181  
>
>
Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver  
Epson Printer Utility  
You can start EPSON Status Monitor and check the printer status and error information.  
Application that can print PostScript Fonts (Windows PostScript Printer  
Driver)  
e PostScript printer driver allows the printer to receive and interpret print instructions in the page description  
language sent from the computer and print properly. is is suitable for printing from PostScript compliant  
applications used for DTP.  
Accessing the printer driver from applications  
To make settings that apply only to the application you are using, access from that application.  
Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu. Select your printer, and then click Preferences or Properties.  
Note:  
Operations differ depending on the application. See the application's help for details.  
Accessing the printer driver from the control panel  
To make settings that apply to all of the applications, access from the control panel.  
Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016  
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers in  
Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences  
Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012  
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click  
on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences  
Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-  
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.  
182  
>
>
Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer  
and select Printing preferences.  
Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers and Faxes. Right-  
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.  
Accessing the printer driver from the printer icon on the task bar  
e printer icon on the desktop task bar is a shortcut icon allowing you to quickly access the printer driver.  
If you click the printer icon and select Printer Settings, you can access the same printer settings window as the one  
displayed from the control panel. If you double-click this icon, you can check the status of the printer.  
Related Information  
Application that can print PostScript Fonts (Mac OS PostScript Printer Driver)  
e PostScript printer driver allows the printer to receive and interpret print instructions in the page description  
language sent from the computer and print properly. is is suitable for printing from PostScript compliant  
applications used for DTP.  
Accessing the printer driver from applications  
Click Page Setup or Print on the File menu of your application. If necessary, click Show Details (or  
the print window.  
d) to expand  
Note:  
Depending on the application being used, Page Setup may not be displayed in the File menu, and the operations for  
displaying the print screen may differ.See the application's help for details.  
Starting the utility  
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then  
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.  
Related Information  
Application that can print PCL Language (PCL Printer Driver)  
e PCL Printer Driver allows the printer to receive and interpret print instructions in the page description  
language sent from the computer and print properly. is is suitable for printing from general applications such as  
Microsoſt Office.  
Note:  
Mac OS is not supported.  
Connect the printer to the same network as the computer, and then follow the procedure below to install the  
printer driver.  
183  
>
>
1.  
Download the executable file of the driver from the Epson support website.  
2.  
3.  
Double-click the executable file.  
Follow the on-screen instructions for the rest of the installation.  
Note:  
If you are using a Windows computer and you cannot download the driver from the website, install it from the soſtware  
disc that came with the printer. Access "Driver\PCL Universal".  
Application that Prints Using a Method that is not Standard on Windows  
(EpsonNet Print)  
EpsonNet Print is a soſtware to print on the TCP/IP network. is is installed from the installer together with the  
printer driver. To perform network printing, create an EpsonNet Print port. ere are features and restrictions  
listed below.  
e printers status is displayed on the spooler screen.  
If the printer’s IP address is changed by DHCP, the printer is still detected.  
You can use a printer located on a different network segment.  
You can print using one of the various protocols.  
IPv6 address is not supported.  
Application for Printing Easily from a Smart Device (Epson iPrint)  
Epson iPrint is an application that allows you to print photos, documents, and web pages from a smart device such  
as a smartphone or tablet. You can use local print, printing from a smart device that is connected to the same  
network as the wireless router, or remote print, printing from a remote location over the Internet. To use remote  
print, register your printer in the Epson Connect service.  
When the wireless router is connected to the same network as the printer, you can operate the printer via the  
wireless router from your smart device.  
Installing Epson iPrint  
You can install Epson iPrint on your smart device from the following URL or QR code.  
184  
   
>
>
Application for Printing Easily from an Android Application (Epson Print  
Enabler)  
Epson Print Enabler is an application that allows you to wirelessly print your documents, emails, photos, and web  
pages right from your Android phone or tablet (Android v4.4 or later). With a few taps, your Android device will  
discover an Epson printer that is connected to the same wireless network.  
When the wireless router is connected to the same network as the printer, you can operate the printer via the  
wireless router from your smart device.  
Search for and install Epson Print Enabler from Google Play.  
Software for Package Creation  
Application for Creating Driver Packages (EpsonNet SetupManager)  
EpsonNet SetupManager is a soſtware to create a package for a simple printer installation, such as installing the  
printer driver, installing EPSON Status Monitor and creating a printer port. is soſtware allows the administrator  
to create unique soſtware packages and distribute them among groups.  
For more information, visit your regional Epson website.  
Software for Updating  
Application for Updating Software and Firmware (EPSON Software Updater)  
EPSON Soſtware Updater is an application that installs new soſtware, and updates firmware over the Internet. If  
you want to check for update information regularly, you can set the interval for checking for updates in EPSON  
Soſtware Updater's Auto Update Settings.  
Note:  
Windows Server operating systems are not supported.  
Starting on Windows  
Windows 10  
Click the start button, and then select Epson Soſtware > EPSON Soſtware Updater.  
Windows 8.1/Windows 8  
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.  
185  
     
>
>
Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP  
Click the start button, and then select All Programs (or Programs) > Epson Soſtware > EPSON Soſtware  
Updater.  
Note:  
You can also start EPSON Soſtware Updater by clicking the printer icon on the task bar on the desktop, and then selecting  
Soſtware Update.  
Starting on Mac OS  
Select Go > Applications > Epson Soſtware > EPSON Soſtware Updater.  
Related Information  
Settings Menu List  
Select Settings on the home screen of the printer to make various settings.  
General Settings  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > General Settings  
Basic Settings  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings  
You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.  
LCD Brightness:  
Adjust the brightness of the LCD screen.  
Sound:  
Adjust the volume.  
Mute  
Select On to mute sounds such as those emitted by Button Press.  
Normal Mode  
Select the volume such as Button Press.  
Sleep Timer:  
Adjust the time period to enter a sleep mode (energy saving mode) when the printer has not  
performed any operations. e LCD screen turns black when the setting time passes.  
186  
   
>
>
Quick Sleep:  
You can save more power by switching to the energy saving state immediately aſter printing. Select  
Off to turn it off.  
Power Off If Disconnected:  
Select this setting to turn the printer off aſter 30 minutes when all ports including the USB port are  
disconnected. is feature may not be available depending on your region.  
Date/Time Settings:  
Date/Time  
Enter the current date and time.  
Daylight Saving Time  
Select the summer time setting that applies to your area.  
Time Difference  
Enter the time difference between your local time and UTC (Coordinated Universal Time).  
Language:  
Select the language used on the LCD screen.  
Operation Time Out:  
Select On to return to the initial screen when no operations have been performed for the specified  
time.  
Keyboard:  
Change the layout of the keyboard on the LCD screen.  
Related Information  
Printer Settings  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings  
You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.  
Paper Source Settings:  
Paper Setting:  
Select the paper size and paper type you loaded in the paper source.  
Paper Tray Priority:  
Select On to give printing priority to paper loaded in the paper tray.  
187  
>
>
A4/Letter Auto Switching:  
Select On to feed paper from the paper source set as A4 size when there is no paper source set  
as Letter, or feed from the paper source set as Letter size when there is no paper source set as  
A4.  
Auto Select Settings:  
Select On for settings to automatically print on paper from any sources containing paper that  
matches your paper settings.  
Error Tone:  
Select On to display an error message with an error sound when the selected paper size or type  
does not match the loaded paper.  
Paper Setup Auto Display:  
Select On to display the Paper Setting screen when loading paper in the paper cassette. If you  
disable this feature, you cannot print from an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch using AirPrint.  
User-Defined Paper Size List:  
You can change the user defined size setting. is is useful when you print frequently on  
irregularly sized paper.  
Output Tray:  
Select which output tray to use to catch paper when it is ejected aſter printing. If you select Face Up  
Tray as the output tray, install the optional face up tray.  
Printing Language:  
Select the printing language for the USB interface or the network interface.  
Universal Print Settings:  
ese print settings are applied when you print by an external device without using the printer driver.  
e offset settings are applied when you print using the printer driver.  
Top Offset:  
Adjust the top margin of the paper.  
Left Offset:  
Adjust the leſt margin of the paper.  
Top Offset in Back:  
Adjust the top margin for the back of the page when performing 2-sided printing.  
Left Offset in Back:  
Adjust the leſt margin for the back of the page when performing 2-sided printing.  
Skip Blank Page:  
Skips blank pages in the print data automatically to save paper.  
PDL Print Configuration:  
Select the options you want to use for printing.  
188  
>
>
Common Settings:  
Paper Size  
Select the default paper size for printing.  
Paper Type  
Select the default paper type for printing.  
Orientation  
Select the default orientation for printing.  
Quality  
Select the print quality for printing.  
Toner Save Mode  
Select On to save toner by reducing the print density.  
Print Order  
Last Page on Top  
Starts printing from the first page of a file.  
First Page on Top  
Starts printing from the last page of a file.  
Number of Copies  
Set the number of copies to print.  
Binding Margin  
Select the binding position.  
Auto Paper Ejection  
Select On to eject paper automatically when printing is stopped during a print job.  
2-Sided Printing  
Select On to perform 2-sided printing.  
Convert to Simplex  
In the duplex printing mode, specifies whether to print the last page of a job in one side  
printing mode. Select Off to print the final page on the appropriate side.  
- Odd Page: 1-page jobs or the last page of a job with an odd number of pages are printed in  
one side printing mode.  
- 1 Page: 1-page jobs are printed in one side printing mode.  
- Off: e last page of all jobs (including 1-page jobs or jobs with an odd number of pages)  
is printed in duplex printing mode.  
RITech  
Select On to produce smoother and crisper lines, text, and graphics.  
Wide A4  
Select On to decrease the leſt and right margins to 3.4 mm.  
Extend Print Area  
Makes the maximum print area larger according to the printed data.  
Density  
Adjust the printing density.  
189  
>
>
PCL Menu:  
Font Source  
Resident  
Select to use a font preinstalled on the printer.  
Download  
Select to use a font you have downloaded.  
Font Number  
Select the default font number for the default Font Source. e available number varies  
depending on the settings you made.  
Pitch  
Set the default font pitch if the font is scalable and of fixed-pitch. You can select from 0.44 to  
99.99 cpi (characters per inch), in 0.01 increments.  
is item may not appear depending on the Font Source or Font Number settings.  
Height  
Set the default font height if the font is scalable and proportional. You can select from 4.00  
to 999.75 points, in 0.25 increments.  
is item may not appear depending on the Font Source or Font Number settings.  
Symbol Set  
Select the default symbol set. If the font that you selected in the Font Source and the Font  
Source setting is not available in the new symbol set setting, the Font Source and the Font  
Number settings are automatically replaced with the default value, IBM-US.  
Form  
Set the number of lines for the selected paper size and orientation. is also causes a line  
spacing (VMI) change, and the new VMI value is stored in the printer. is means that later  
changes in the page size or orientation settings cause changes in the Form value based on  
the stored VMI.  
CR Function  
Select the line feed command when printing with a driver from a specific operating system.  
LF Function  
Select the line feed command when printing with a driver from a specific operating system.  
Paper Source Assign  
Set the assignment for the paper source select command. When 4 is selected, the commands  
are set as compatible with the HP LaserJet 4. When 4K is selected, the commands are set as  
compatible with the HP LaserJet 4000, 5000, and 8000. When 5S is selected, the commands  
are set as compatible with the HP LaserJet 5S.  
PS Menu:  
Error Sheet  
Select On to print a sheet showing the status when an error occurs during PostScript or  
PDF printing.  
Binary  
Select On when printing data that contains binary images. e application may send the  
binary data even if the printer driver setting is set to ASCII, but you can print the data when  
this feature is enabled.  
190  
>
>
PDF Page Size  
Select the paper size when printing a PDF file. If Auto is selected, the paper size is  
determined based on the size of the first page.  
Auto Error Solver:  
Select an action to perform when a 2-sided printing error or a memory full error occurs.  
On  
Displays a warning and prints in single-sided mode when a 2-sided printing error occurs, or prints  
only what the printer could process when a memory full error occurs.  
Off  
Displays an error message and cancels printing.  
PC Connection via USB:  
Select Enable to allow a computer to access the printer when connected by USB. When Disable is  
selected, printing that is not sent over a network connection is restricted.  
USB I/F Timeout Setting:  
Specify the length of time in seconds that must elapse before ending USB communication with a  
computer aſter the printer receives a print job from a PostScript printer driver or PCL printer driver.  
If the job ending is not clearly defined from a PostScript printer driver or PCL printer driver, it can  
cause endless USB communication. When this occurs, the printer ends communication aſter the  
specified time has elapsed. Enter 0 (zero) if you do not want to end communication.  
Printer Swapping:  
If you select On, the USB device ID is fixed and the plug and play screen will not be displayed when  
the printer is replaced.  
Network Settings  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings  
Network Status:  
Displays or prints the current network settings.  
Wired LAN Status  
Print Status Sheet  
Connection Check:  
Checks the current network connection and prints a report. If there are any problems with the  
connection, see the report to solve the problem.  
Advanced:  
Make the following detailed settings.  
Device Name  
TCP/IP  
Proxy Server  
191  
 
>
>
IPv6 Address  
Link Speed & Duplex  
Redirect HTTP to HTTPS  
Disable IPsec/IP Filtering  
Disable IEEE802.1X  
Related Information  
Web Service Settings  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > General Settings > Web Service Settings  
You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.  
Epson Connect Services:  
Displays whether the printer is registered and connected to Epson Connect.  
You can register to the service by selecting Register and follow the instructions.  
When you have registered, you can change the following settings.  
Suspend/Resume  
Unregister  
For details, see the following web site.  
System Administration  
By using this menu, you can maintain the product as a system administrator. It also allows you to restrict product  
features for individual users to suite your work or office style.  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > General Settings > System Administration  
Reset number of consumed toner:  
is feature is only available on AL-M8250DN/AL-M8150DN.  
You can reset the amount of consumed toner to the default.  
Clear Internal Memory Data:  
is item is displayed on PCL or PostScript compatible printer.  
Delete the printer's internal memory data, such as a downloaded font and macro for PCL printing.  
192  
>
>
Security Settings:  
You can make the following security settings.  
Delete All Internal Memory Jobs:  
Delete all internal memory jobs.  
Admin Settings:  
Admin Password  
Set, change, and clear an administrator password.  
Lock Setting  
Select whether or not to lock the control panel using the password registered in Admin  
Password.  
Password Encryption:  
Select On to encrypt your password. If you turn off the power while the restart is in progress,  
data may be corrupted and the printer settings will be restored to their defaults. If this occurs,  
set the password information again.  
Audit Log:  
Select On to record an audit log.  
Customer Research:  
Select Approve to provide product usage information such as the number of prints to Seiko Epson  
Corporation.  
Printer Adjust Menu:  
You can make special settings for the printer.  
Restore Default Settings:  
Reset the settings in the following menus to their defaults.  
Network Settings  
All Except Network Settings  
All Settings  
Firmware Update:  
You can get firmware information such as your current version and information on available updates.  
Update:  
Check if the latest version of the firmware has been uploaded to the network server. If an  
update is available, you can select whether or not to start updating.  
Notification:  
Select On to receive a notification if a firmware update is available.  
Related Information  
193  
>
>
Print Counter  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > Print Counter  
Displays the total number of prints including items such as the status sheet from the time you purchased the  
printer.  
Replacement Parts  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > Replacement Parts  
You can check the status and code of consumables and replacement parts.  
Language  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > Language  
Select the language used on the LCD screen.  
Printer Status/Print  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > Printer Status/Print  
Print Status Sheet:  
Configuration Status Sheet:  
Print information sheets showing the current printer status and settings.  
Supply Status Sheet:  
Print information sheets showing the status of consumables.  
Usage History Sheet:  
Print information sheets showing the usage history of the printer.  
PS Font List:  
Print a list of fonts that are available for a PostScript printer.  
PCL Font List:  
Print a list of fonts that are available for a PCL print.  
194  
       
>
>
Network:  
Displays the current network settings. You can also print the status sheet.  
Authentication Device Status  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > Authentication Device Status  
Displays the status of the authentication device.  
Epson Open Platform Information  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > Epson Open Platform Information  
Displays the status of the Epson Open Platform.  
Product Specifications  
Printing Features  
Printing Method  
Resolution  
Laser beam scanning and dry electrophotographic process  
600×600 dpi, 1200×1200dpi  
Continuous Printing Speed  
on A4 Size Paper*1  
AL-M8250DN  
AL-M8150DN  
AL-M7150DN  
AL-M8250DN  
45 PPM  
40 PPM  
35 PPM  
Time for Printing A4 Size  
Paper  
From ready mode in monochrome: 6.3 s  
From sleep mode in monochrome: 23 s  
AL-M8150DN  
AL-M7150DN  
From ready mode in monochrome: 6.3 s  
From sleep mode in monochrome: 26 s  
From ready mode in monochrome: 6.3 s  
From sleep mode in monochrome: 24 s  
195  
       
>
>
Warm Up Time  
AL-M8250DN  
AL-M8150DN  
AL-M7150DN  
Supported  
110 V from power off: Less than 20 s  
110 V from sleep mode: Less than 21 s  
110 V from power off: Less than 18 s  
110 V from sleep mode: Less than 19 s  
110 V from power off: Less than 15 s  
110 V from sleep mode: Less than 16 s  
Automatic 2-sided Printing  
Function  
Printer Language  
Resident Fonts  
Bitmap Fonts  
ESC/PageS Printing system, ESC/Page  
PCL6/PCL5 emulation (PCL mode)  
PostScript compatible with PostScript Level 3 (PS mode)  
PDF 1.7  
16 scalable fonts for ESC/Page  
95 scalable fonts for PCL5  
80 scalable fonts for PCL6  
80 scalable fonts for PostScript3 compatible with PostScript Level 3  
7 bitmap fonts for ESC/Page  
5 bitmap for PCL5  
1 bitmap for PCL6  
Memory (RAM)  
2GB  
Supported Protocols  
TCP/IPv4, TCP/IPv6  
LPD, IPP, PORT9100, WSD  
SNMP, HTTP, DHCP, BOOTP, APIPA, PING, DDNS, mDNS, SNTP, SLP, WSD, LLTD  
Printable Area *2  
The assured printable area is an area 4 mm from all sides.  
A: 4 mm  
*1: Depending on the paper type or size, such as printing on paper smaller than A4, the print speed may become slower. The  
abbreviation "ppm" means "pages per minute".  
*2: The printable area may be smaller depending on the application.  
196  
>
>
Using Port for the Printer  
e printer uses the following port. ese ports should be allowed to become available by the network  
administrator as necessary.  
When the Sender (Client) is the Printer  
Use  
Destination  
(Server)  
Protocol  
Port  
Number  
Email sending (When email notification is  
used from the printer)  
SMTP server  
SMTP (TCP)  
25  
SMTP SSL/TLS (TCP)  
SMTP STARTTLS (TCP)  
POP3 (TCP)  
465  
587  
110  
POP before SMTP connection (When email  
notification is used from the printer)  
POP server  
When Epson Connect is used  
Epson Connect  
Server  
HTTPS  
443  
XMPP  
5222  
5357  
Control WSD  
Client computer  
WSD (TCP)  
When the Sender (Client) is the Client Computer  
Use  
Destination  
(Server)  
Protocol  
Port  
Number  
File Sending (When FTP printing is used from  
the printer)  
Printer  
FTP (TCP)  
20  
21  
Discover the printer from an application such  
as EpsonNet Config, printer driver.  
Printer  
Printer  
ENPC (UDP)  
SNMP (UDP)  
3289  
Collect and set up the MIB information from  
an application such as EpsonNet Config,  
printer driver.  
161  
Forwarding LPR data  
Printer  
Printer  
Printer  
Printer  
Printer  
LPR (TCP)  
515  
9100  
631  
3702  
80  
Forwarding RAW data  
RAW (Port9100) (TCP)  
IPP/IPPS (TCP)  
WS-Discovery (UDP)  
HTTP(TCP)  
Forwarding AirPrint (IPP/IPPS printing) data  
Searching WSD printer  
Web Config  
HTTPS(TCP)  
443  
Interface Specifications  
For Computer  
SuperSpeed USB  
197  
   
>
>
Network Specifications  
Ethernet Specifications  
IEEE802.3i (10BASE-T)*1  
IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX)  
Standards  
IEEE802.3ab (1000BASE-T)*1  
IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet)*2  
Communication Mode  
Connector  
Auto, 10 Mbps Full duplex, 10 Mbps Half duplex, 100 Mbps Full duplex, 100 Mbps  
Half duplex  
RJ-45  
*1 Use a category 5e or higher STP (Shielded twisted pair) cable to prevent risk of radio interference.  
*2 The connected device should comply with IEEE802.3az standards.  
Network Functions and IPv4/IPv6  
Functions  
Supported  
Remarks  
Network Printing  
EpsonNet Print (Windows)  
Standard TCP/IP (Windows)  
WSD Printing (Windows)  
IPv4  
-
-
IPv4, IPv6  
IPv4, IPv6  
Windows Vista or  
later  
BonjourPrinting (Mac OS)  
IPv4, IPv6  
IPv4, IPv6  
-
-
IPPPrinting (Windows, Mac  
OS)  
PictBridgePrinting (Wi-Fi)  
IPv4  
IPv4  
-
Digital camera  
-
Epson Connect (Email Print,  
Remote Print)  
AirPrint (iOS, Mac OS)  
IPv4, IPv6  
iOS 5 or later, Mac  
OS X v10.7 or later  
Network Scanning  
Epson Scan 2  
IPv4, IPv6  
IPv4  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Event Manager  
Epson Connect (Scan to  
Cloud)  
IPv4  
AirPrint (Scan)  
Send a fax  
IPv4, IPv6  
IPv4  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Fax  
Receive a fax  
AirPrint (Faxout)  
IPv4  
IPv4, IPv6  
198  
 
Security Protocol  
>
>
IEEE802.1X*  
IPsec/IP Filtering  
SSL/TLS  
HTTPS Server/Client  
IPPS  
SMTPS (STARTTLS, SSL/TLS)  
SNMPv3  
*
You need to use a device for connection that complies with IEEE802.1X.  
Supported Third Party Services  
AirPrint  
iOS 5 or later/Mac OS X v10.7.x or later  
PostScript Level 3 Compatibility  
e PostScript used on this printer is compatible with PostScript Level 3.  
Dimensions  
Dimensions*1  
Width: 490 mm (19.3 in.)  
Depth*2: 410 mm (16.2 in.)  
Height: 335 mm (13.2 in.)  
Weight*3  
Approx. 21 kg (46.3 lb)  
*1: With the paper tray closed and without any protruding sections.  
*2: 420 mm including the paper size setting dial.  
*3: With consumable products.  
Electrical Specifications  
AL-M8250DN  
Power Supply Rating  
Rated Frequency Range  
Rated Current  
AC 110 V  
60 Hz  
12.8 A  
199  
       
>
>
Power Consumption (without USB  
Connection)  
Printing in monochrome: Approx. 672 W  
Ready mode (Fuser Temperature-Keep)*1: Approx. 54 W  
Ready mode (Fuser Temperature-Don't Keep)*2: Approx. 6.3 W  
Sleep mode*3: Approx. 4.0 W  
Power off: Approx. 3.4 W  
Maximum Power Consumption: Approx. 1290 W  
AL-M8150DN  
Power Supply Rating  
Rated Frequency Range  
Rated Current  
AC 220-240 V  
50/60 Hz  
6.0 A  
Power Consumption (without USB  
Connection)  
Printing in monochrome: Approx. 660 W  
Ready mode (Fuser Temperature-Keep)*1: Approx. 54 W  
Ready mode (Fuser Temperature-Don't Keep)*2: Approx. 3.2 W  
Sleep mode*3: Approx. 0.51 W  
Power off: Approx. 0.07 W  
Maximum Power Consumption: Approx. 1230 W  
AL-M7150DN  
Power Supply Rating  
Rated Frequency Range  
Rated Current  
AC 110 V  
60 Hz  
12.8 A  
Power Consumption (without USB  
Connection)  
Printing in monochrome: Approx. 575 W  
Ready mode (Fuser Temperature-Keep)*1: Approx. 55 W  
Ready mode (Fuser Temperature-Don't Keep)*2: Approx. 6.3 W  
Sleep mode*3: Approx. 4.0 W  
Power off: Approx. 3.4 W  
Maximum Power Consumption: Approx. 1280 W  
*1: When Quick Sleep is set to Off and Fuser Temperature > Keep is selected.  
*2: When Quick Sleep is set to On, the printer is connected to a network, and aſter printing has been performed.  
*3: ere are various states of sleep mode. It is necessary to meet a variety of conditions to achieve the stated power  
consumption.  
ere is no print data in sleep mode.  
Network settings such as Wi-Fi and Epson Connect are disabled.  
Optional items such as the Ethernet Board is disconnected.  
e stated power consumption may not be achieved depending on your network environment.  
200  
>
>
Environmental Specifications  
Operation  
Temperature: 10 to 32°C (50 to 90°F)  
Humidity: 15 to 85% RH (without condensation)  
Altitude (Air pressure)*: 0 to 2500 meters  
Storage  
Temperature: 0 to 35°C (32 to 95°F)  
Humidity: 15 to 80% RH (without condensation)  
Altitude (Air pressure)*: 0 to 2500 meters  
(0 to 15000 meters in transport)  
*:  
For high altitude locations, the printer's Highland setting in the Printer Adjust Menu must be adjusted according to the  
altitude at which the printer is located. See "Printer Adjust Menu" for details.  
Related Information  
System Requirements  
Windows  
Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8/8.1, Windows 10 or later (32-bit, 64-bit)  
Windows XP SP3 (32-bit)  
Windows XP Professional x64 Edition SP2  
Windows Server 2003 (SP2) or later  
Mac OS  
Mac OS X v10.6.8 or later  
Note:  
Mac OS may not support some applications and features.  
e UNIX File System (UFS) for Mac OS is not supported.  
Printer Adjust Menu  
You can make special settings on the printer's control panel. Normally you do not need to change the settings.  
e settings in this menu may affect the remaining service lives of consumable products or maintenance.  
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.  
Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Printer Adjust Menu  
Paper Type Adjust:  
Plain paper  
Adjusts the print quality for plain paper according to the paper type.  
1: Plain paper1  
2: Plain paper2 (default)  
201  
     
>
>
Special  
Adjusts the print quality for special paper according to the paper type.  
1: Plain paper1  
2: Plain paper2 (default)  
5: Plain paper3  
6: in paper  
7: ick paper1  
8: ick paper2  
9: ick paper3  
10: Plain paper3 (Improve thin lines)  
11: ick paper (Improve fixing)  
Printer Offset:  
Feed Offset  
Adjusts the start position for printing in the vertical direction. You need to adjust Feed Reg1  
from Each Tray Offset before making this adjustment. e start position shiſts down as the  
value increases. is setting is available for single-sided printing and for the back of duplex  
printing.  
-3.5 to 3.5 mm (0.0 mm default)  
Scan Offset  
Adjusts the start position for printing in the horizontal direction. You need to adjust Scan Reg1  
from Each Tray Offset before this adjustment. e start position shiſts to the right as the value  
increases. is setting is available for single-sided printing and for the back of duplex printing.  
-3.5 to 3.5 mm (0.0 mm default)  
Feed Offset Back  
Adjusts the start position for printing in the vertical direction. You need to adjust Feed Reg2  
from Each Tray Offset before making this adjustment. e start position shiſts down as the  
value increases. is setting is available for the front of duplex printing.  
-3.5 to 3.5 mm (0.0 mm default)  
Scan Offset Back  
Adjusts the start position for printing in the horizontal direction. You need to adjust Scan Reg2  
from Each Tray Offset before this adjustment. e start position shiſts to the right as the value  
increases. is setting is available for the front of duplex printing.  
-3.5 to 3.5 mm (0.0 mm default)  
Each Tray Offset:  
Adjusts the start position for printing for each paper source.  
Feed Reg1  
Adjusts the start position for printing in the vertical direction. e start position shiſts down as  
the value increases. is setting is available for single-sided printing and for the back of duplex  
printing.  
202  
>
>
-3.5 to 3.5 mm (0.0 mm default)  
Scan Reg1  
Adjusts the start position for printing in the horizontal direction. e start position shiſts to  
the right as the value increases. is setting is available for single-sided printing and for the  
back of duplex printing.  
-3.5 to 3.5 mm (0.0 mm default)  
Feed Reg2  
Adjusts the start position for printing in the vertical direction. e start position shiſts down as  
the value increases. is setting is available for the front of duplex printing.  
-3.5 to 3.5 mm (0.0 mm default)  
Scan Reg2  
Adjusts the start position for printing in the horizontal direction. e start position shiſts to  
the right as the value increases. is setting is available for the front of duplex printing.  
-3.5 to 3.5 mm (0.0 mm default)  
Highland:  
Adjusts the print quality when using the printer at high altitudes. Increasing the value makes the  
printer more suitable for high altitudes.  
0 to 3 (0 default)  
Charging Roller Voltage:  
Adjusts the print density by correcting for the voltage of the charging roller. e printout becomes  
lighter as the value increases.  
1 (dense) to 5 (light) (3 default)  
Drum Refresh:  
Refreshes the drum. is may help to reduce smears on the print outs. Note that before refreshing the  
drum, make sure no paper is loaded in the paper tray.  
Drum Refresh with paper:  
is may help to reduce smears on the print outs. Select this menu if Drum Refresh does not reduce  
smears on the print outs sufficiently. Make sure you load A4 or A3 size plain paper in the paper tray.  
Automatic Drum Refresh Length:  
Specifies the length of time at which the printer refreshes the drum automatically.  
(4 min default)  
Drum Refresh Counter:  
Displays the number of times that Drum Refresh has been done.  
Drum Heater:  
Controls the drum heater. Selecting On prevents image quality from degrading while the printer is  
not used for a long time if it is located in a very humid environment. is increases power  
consumptions, but inhibits the printer's automatic drum refreshes. Drum heater control is enabled as  
long as power is being supplied.  
203  
>
>
(Off default for 220 - 240 V models)  
(On default for 110 V models)  
Forced Stirring Toner:  
Mixes toner in the developer to spread it evenly.  
Fuser Temperature:  
Saves power by not adjusting the temperature of the fuser while in ready mode. Selecting Keep  
increases the power consumption but shortens the time until printing starts from the ready mode. If  
Quick Sleep is set to On, the temperature will not be adjusted aſter printing even if it is set to Keep.  
(Don't Keep default)  
Fuser Control:  
Select Reduce Flicker if the fluorescent light flickers when printing.  
(Normal default)  
Noise Level:  
Adjusts the image gradation. Image gradation gets better as the value increases, but image granularity  
gets worse.  
0 to 7 (3 default)  
Print Pattern:  
Prints a halſtone or full pattern that allows you to check for unevenness in the density or pitch on the  
printout.  
Screen 25  
Prints the pattern in a 25% density halſtone.  
Screen 50  
Prints the pattern in a 50% density halſtone.  
Screen 100  
Prints the pattern at 100% density.  
Font Specifications  
e following fonts are available on the Internet.  
Epson Barcode Font  
Available Fonts for PostScript  
Font Name  
Family  
HP Equivalent  
Nimbus Mono  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Courier  
204  
   
>
>
Font Name  
Family  
HP Equivalent  
Letter Gothic  
CourierPS  
Letter Gothic  
Medium, Bold, Italic  
Nimbus Mono PS  
Nimbus Roman No4  
URW Classico  
Regular, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
CG Times  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
CG Omega  
URW Coronet  
-
Coronet  
URW Clarendon Condensed  
URW Classic Sans  
URW Classic Sans Condensed  
Antique Olive  
-
Clarendon Condensed  
Univers  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Univers Condensed  
Antique Olive  
Garamond  
Medium, Bold, Italic  
Garamond  
Antiqua, Halbfett, Kursiv, Kursiv Halbfett  
Mauritius  
-
Marigold  
Algiers  
Medium, Extra Bold  
Albertus  
NimbusSansNo2  
Nimbus Roman No9  
Nimbus Sans  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Arial  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Times New Roman  
Helvetica  
Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique  
Nimbus Sans Narrow  
Palladio  
Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique  
Helvetica Narrow  
Palatino  
Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
URW Gothic  
Book, Demi, Book Oblique, Demi Oblique  
ITC Avant Garde  
ITC Bookman  
New Century Schoolbook  
Times  
URW Bookman  
URW Century Schoolbook  
Nimbus Roman  
URW Chancery Medium Italic  
Symbol  
Light, Demi, Light Italic, Demi Italic  
Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
-
-
-
-
-
ITC Zapf Chancery Italic  
Symbol  
URW Dingbats  
Dingbats  
Wingdings  
ITC Zapf Dingbats  
SymbolPS  
Standard Symbol  
205  
>
>
Available Fonts for PCL (URW)  
Scalable Font  
Font Name  
Family  
HP Equivalent  
Symbol  
Set for  
PCL5  
Nimbus Mono  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Medium, Bold, Italic  
Courier  
1
1
3
2
3
3
3
2
3
Letter Gothic  
Letter Gothic  
CourierPS  
Nimbus Mono PS  
Nimbus Roman No4  
URW Classico  
Regular, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
-
CG Times  
CG Omega  
URW Coronet  
Coronet  
URW Clarendon Condensed  
URW Classic Sans  
-
Clarendon Condensed  
Univers  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
URW Classic Sans  
Condensed  
Univers Condensed  
Antique Olive  
Garamond  
Medium, Bold, Italic  
Antique Olive  
Garamond  
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Antiqua, Halbfett, Kursiv, Kursiv Halbfett  
-
Mauritius  
Marigold  
Algiers  
Medium, Extra Bold  
Albertus  
NimbusSansNo2  
Nimbus Roman No9  
Nimbus Sans  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique  
Medium, Bold, Oblique, Bold Oblique  
Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Book, Demi, Book Oblique, Demi Oblique  
Light, Demi, Light Italic, Demi Italic  
Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
Medium, Bold, Italic, Bold Italic  
-
Arial  
Times New  
Helvetica  
Nimbus Sans Narrow  
Palladio  
Helvetica Narrow  
Palatino  
URW Gothic  
ITC Avant Garde Gothic  
ITC Bookman  
New Century Schoolbook  
Times  
URW Bookman  
URW Century Schoolbook  
Nimbus Roman  
URW Chancery Medium  
Italic  
ITC Zapf Chancery Medium  
Italic  
Symbol  
-
-
-
-
Symbol  
4
5
6
4
URW Dingbats  
Dingbats  
Wingdings  
ITC Zapf Dingbats  
SymbolPS  
Standard Symbol  
206  
 
>
>
Font Name  
Family  
HP Equivalent  
Symbol  
Set for  
PCL5  
URW David  
URW Narkis  
URW Miryam  
URW Koufi  
URW Naskh  
URW Ryadh  
Medium, Bold  
Medium, Bold  
Medium, Bold, Italic  
Medium, Bold  
Medium, Bold  
Medium, Bold  
HP David  
HP Narkis  
HP Miryam  
Koufi  
7
7
7
8
8
8
Naskh  
Ryadh  
Bitmap Font  
Font Name  
Symbol  
Set  
Line Printer  
9
OCR/Barcode Bitmap Font (for PCL5 only)  
Font Name  
Family  
Symbol  
Set  
OCR A  
-
10  
11  
12  
13  
OCR B  
-
Code39  
EAN/UPC  
9.37cpi, 4.68cpi  
Medium, Bold  
Note:  
Depending on the print density, or on the quality or color of the paper, OCR A, OCR B, Code39, and EAN/UPC fonts may  
not be readable. Print a sample and make sure the fonts can be read before printing large quantities.  
List of Symbol Sets  
Your printer can access a variety of symbol sets. Many of these symbol sets differ only in the international  
characters specific to each language.  
When you are considering which font to use, you should also consider which symbol set to combine with the font.  
Note:  
Since most soſtware handles fonts and symbols automatically, you will probably never need to adjust the printer's settings.  
However, if you are writing your own printer control programs, or if you are using older soſtware that cannot control fonts,  
refer to the following sections for symbol set details.  
207  
 
>
>
List of Symbol Sets for PCL 5  
Symbol Set  
Name  
Attribute  
Font Classification  
1
-
2
-
3
-
4
-
5
-
6
-
7
-
8
-
9
-
10  
11  
12  
13  
Norweg1  
0D  
0E  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Roman  
-
-
-
-
-
Extension  
Italian  
0I  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ECM94-1  
Swedis2  
ANSI ASCII  
UK  
0N  
0S  
0U  
1E  
1F  
1G  
1U  
2N  
2S  
4N  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
French2  
German  
Legal  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8859-2 ISO  
Spanish  
-
-
-
-
ISO 8859/4  
Latin 4  
-
-
-
Roman-9  
PsMath  
4U  
5M  
5N  
5T  
6J  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8859-9 ISO  
WiTurkish  
MsPublishin  
VeMath  
-
-
-
-
-
-
6M  
6N  
7J  
-
-
-
8859-10ISO  
DeskTop  
Math-8  
-
-
-
-
-
8M  
8U  
9E  
-
-
-
Roman-8  
WiE.Europe  
Pc1004  
-
-
-
9J  
-
-
-
8859-15ISO  
PcTk437  
9N  
9T  
9U  
-
-
-
-
-
Windows  
-
-
-
208  
>
>
Symbol Set  
Name  
Attribute  
Font Classification  
1
2
3
-
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
-
8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
9
-
10  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
11  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
13  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PsText  
10J  
10U  
11U  
12J  
12U  
13J  
13U  
14J  
15U  
17U  
18N  
19L  
19U  
26U  
3R  
-
IBM-US  
-
-
IBM-DN  
McText  
-
-
PcMultiling  
VeInternati  
PcEur858  
VeUS  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PiFont  
-
-
PcE.Europe  
Unicode 3.0  
WiBALT  
-
-
-
-
-
WiAnsi  
-
-
PcBlt775  
Pc866Cyr  
Greek8  
-
-
-
-
8G  
-
-
-
WinGrk  
9G  
-
-
-
WinCyr  
9R  
-
-
-
Pc851Grk  
ISOCyr  
10G  
10N  
12G  
12N  
14R  
0H  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Pc8Grk  
-
-
ISOGrk  
-
-
-
Pc866Ukr  
Hebrew7  
8859-8 ISO  
Hebrew8  
Pc862Heb  
-
-
-
-
-
7H  
-
-
-
8H  
-
-
-
15H  
15Q  
-
-
-
PC-862,  
Hebrew  
-
-
-
Arabic8  
8V  
9V  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
HPWARA  
209  
>
>
Symbol Set  
Name  
Attribute  
Font Classification  
1
-
2
-
3
-
4
-
5
-
6
-
7
-
8
-
9
-
10  
-
11  
-
12  
13  
Pc864Ara  
Symbol  
10V  
19M  
579L  
14L  
0O  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Wingdings  
ZapfDigbats  
OCR A  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
OCR B  
1O  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
OCR B  
3Q  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Extension  
Code3-9  
EAN/UPC  
0Y  
8Y  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Epson BarCode Fonts (Windows Only)  
Epson BarCode Fonts let you easily create and print many types of bar codes.  
Normally, bar code creation is a laborious process requiring you to specify various command codes, such as Start  
bar, Stop bar and OCR-B, in addition to the bar code characters themselves. However, Epson BarCode Fonts are  
designed to add such codes automatically, allowing you to easily print bar codes that conform to a variety of bar  
code standards.  
Printing with Epson BarCode Fonts  
Follow the steps below to create and print bar codes using Epson BarCode Fonts. e application featured in these  
instructions is Microsoſt WordPad in Windows 10. e actual procedure may differ slightly when printing from  
other applications.  
210  
 
>
>
1.  
Open a document in your application and enter the characters you want to convert into a bar code.  
2.  
Select the characters, then select the Epson BarCode font you want to use, and the font size.  
Note:  
You cannot use font sizes larger than 96 points when printing bar codes.  
211  
>
>
3.  
e characters you selected appear as bar code characters similar to those shown below.  
4.  
5.  
Select Print from the File menu, select your Epson printer, click Preferences, and then make the printer driver  
settings.  
Click Print to print the bar code.  
Note:  
If there is an error in the bar code character string, such as inappropriate data, the bar code will be printed as it appears  
on the screen, but it cannot be read by a bar code reader.  
Notes on inputting and formatting bar codes  
Please note the following when inputting and formatting bar code characters:  
Do not apply shading or special character formatting, such as bold, italic, or underline.  
Print bar codes in black and white only.  
When rotating characters, only specify rotation angles of 90˚, 180˚, and 270˚.  
Turn off all automatic character and word spacing settings in your application.  
Do not use features in your application that enlarge or reduce the size of characters in only the vertical or  
horizontal direction.  
Turn off your application’s auto-correct features for spelling, grammar, spacing, etc.  
To more easily distinguish bar codes from other text in your document, set your application to show text  
symbols, such as paragraph marks, tabs, etc.  
Because special characters such as Start bar and Stop bar are added when an Epson BarCode Font is selected,  
the resulting bar code may have more characters than were originally input.  
For best results, use only the font sizes recommended in “Epson BarCode Font Specifications” for the Epson  
BarCode Font you are using. Bar codes in other sizes may not be readable with all bar code readers.  
Select Grayscale in the Print Settings and High in the Quality.  
Note:  
Depending on the print density, or on the quality or color of the paper, bar codes may not be readable with all bar code  
readers. Print a sample and make sure the bar code can be read before printing large quantities.  
212  
>
>
Epson BarCode Fonts specifications  
is section contains details on the character input specifications for each Epson BarCode Font.  
EPSON EAN-8  
EAN-8 is an eight-digit abbreviated version of the EAN bar code standard.  
Because the check digit is added automatically, only 7 characters can be input.  
Character type  
Number of characters  
Font size  
Numbers (0 to 9)  
7 characters  
52 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 52 pt and 65 pt (standard).  
e following codes are inserted automatically and need not be input by hand:  
Leſt/Right margin  
Leſt/Right guard bar  
Center bar  
Check digit  
OCR-B  
Print sample  
EPSON EAN-8  
EPSON EAN-13  
EAN-13is the standard 13-digit EAN bar code.  
Because the check digit is added automatically, only 12 characters can be input.  
Character type  
Number of characters  
Font size  
Numbers (0 to 9)  
12 characters  
60 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 60 pt and 75 pt (standard).  
e following codes are inserted automatically and need not be input by hand:  
Leſt/Right margin  
Leſt/Right guard bar  
Center bar  
213  
>
>
Check digit  
OCR-B  
Print sample  
EPSON EAN-13  
EPSON UPC-A  
UPC-A is the standard bar code specified by the American Universal Product Code (UPC Symbol Specification  
Manual).  
Only regular UPC codes are supported. Supplementary codes are not supported.  
Character type  
Number of characters  
Font size  
Numbers (0 to 9)  
11 characters  
60 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 60 pt and 75 pt (standard).  
e following codes are inserted automatically and need not be input by hand:  
Leſt/Right margin  
Leſt/Right guard bar  
Center bar  
Check digit  
OCR-B  
Print sample  
EPSON UPC-A  
EPSON UPC-E  
UPC-E is the UPC-A zero-suppression (deletes extra zeros) bar code specified by the American Universal  
Product Code (UPC Symbol Specification Manual).  
Character type  
Numbers (0 to 9)  
6 characters  
Number of characters  
214  
>
>
Font size  
60 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 60 pt and 75 pt (standard).  
e following codes are inserted automatically and need not be input by hand:  
Leſt/Right margin  
Leſt/Right guard bar  
Check digit  
OCR-B  
e numeral “0”  
Print sample  
EPSON UPC-E  
EPSON Code39  
Four Code39 fonts are available, allowing you to enable and disable the automatic insertion of check digits and  
OCR-B.  
e height of the bar code is automatically adjusted to 15% or more of its total length, in conformance to the  
Code39 standard. For this reason, it is important to keep at least one space between the bar code and the  
surrounding text to prevent overlapping.  
Spaces in Code39 bar codes should be input as “_” underbars.  
When printing two or more bar codes on one line, separate the bar codes with a tab, or select a font other than a  
BarCode Font and input the space. If a space is input while a Code39 font is selected, the bar code will not be  
correct.  
Character type  
Number of characters  
Font size  
Alphanumeric characters (A to Z, 0 to 9) Symbols (- . space $ / + %)  
No limit  
When OCR-B is not used: 26 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 26 pt, 52 pt and 78 pt.  
When OCR-B is used: 36 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 36 pt and 72 pt.  
e following codes are inserted automatically and need not be input by hand:  
Leſt/Right quiet zone  
Check digit  
Start/Stop character  
Print sample  
EPSON Code39  
EPSON Code39 CD  
215  
>
>
EPSON Code39 Num  
EPSON Code39 CD Num  
EPSON Code128  
Code128 fonts support code sets A, B, and C. When the code set of a line of characters is changed in the middle  
of the line, a conversion code is automatically inserted.  
e height of the bar code is automatically adjusted to 15% or more of its total length, in conformance to the  
Code128 standard. For this reason, it is important to keep at least one space between the bar code and the  
surrounding text to prevent overlapping.  
Some applications automatically delete the spaces at the end of lines or change multiple spaces into tabs. Bar  
codes containing spaces may not be correctly printed from applications that automatically delete spaces from  
the ends of lines or change multiple spaces into tabs.  
When printing two or more bar codes on one line, separate the bar codes with a tab, or select a font other than a  
BarCode Font and input the space. If a space is input while a Code128 font is selected, the bar code will not be  
correct.  
Character type  
Number of characters  
Font size  
All ASCII characters (95 in total)  
No limit  
26 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 26 pt, 52 pt and 78 pt.  
e following codes are inserted automatically and need not be input by hand:  
Leſt/Right quiet zone  
Start/Stop character  
Check digit  
Change code set character  
Print sample  
EPSON Code128  
EPSON ITF  
e EPSON ITF fonts conform to the USSInterleaved 2-of-5 standard (American).  
Four EPSON ITF fonts are available, allowing you to enable and disable the automatic insertion of check digits  
and OCR-B.  
e height of the bar code is automatically adjusted to 15% or more of its total length, in conformance to the  
Interleaved 2-of-5 standard. For this reason, it is important to keep at least one space between the bar code and  
the surrounding text to prevent overlapping.  
216  
>
>
Interleaved 2-of-5 treats every two characters as one set. When there are an odd number of characters, EPSON  
ITF fonts automatically add a zero to the beginning of the character string.  
Character type  
Number of characters  
Font size  
Numbers (0 to 9)  
No limit  
When OCR-B is not used: 26 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 26 pt, 52 pt and 78 pt.  
When OCR-B is used: 36 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 36 pt and 72 pt.  
e following codes are inserted automatically and need not be input by hand:  
Leſt/Right quiet zone  
Start/Stop character  
Check digit  
e numeral “0” (added to the beginning of character strings as needed)  
Print sample  
EPSON ITF  
EPSON ITF CD  
EPSON ITF Num  
EPSON ITF CD Num  
EPSON Codabar  
Four EPSON Codabar are available, allowing you to enable and disable the automatic insertion of check digits  
and OCR-B.  
e height of the bar code is automatically adjusted to 15% or more of its total length, in conformance to the  
Codabar standard. For this reason, it is important to keep at least one space between the bar code and the  
surrounding text to prevent overlapping.  
When either a Start or a Stop character is input, Codabar fonts automatically insert the complementary  
character.  
If neither a Start nor a Stop character is input, these characters are automatically input as the letter A”.  
Character type  
Numbers (0 to 9)  
Symbols (- $ : / . +)  
Number of characters  
Font size  
No limit  
When OCR-B is not used: 26 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 26 pt, 52 pt and 78 pt.  
When OCR-B is used: 36 pt to 96 pt. Recommended sizes are 36 pt and 72 pt.  
e following codes are inserted automatically and need not be input by hand:  
Leſt/Right quiet zone  
217  
>
>
Start/Stop character (when not input)  
Check digit  
Print sample  
EPSON Codabar  
EPSON Codabar CD  
EPSON Codabar Num  
EPSON Codabar CD Num  
EPSON EAN128  
GS1-128(EAN128) fonts support code sets A, B, and C. When the code set of a line of characters is changed in  
the middle of the line, a conversion code is automatically inserted.  
e following 4 kinds of the properties are supported as the Application Identifier (AI).  
01: Global traded item number  
10: Batch / Lot number  
17: Expiry date  
30: Quantity  
e height of the bar code is automatically adjusted to 15% or more of its total length, in conformance to the  
Code128 standard. For this reason, it is important to keep at least one space between the bar code and the  
surrounding text to prevent overlapping.  
Some applications automatically delete the spaces at the end of lines or change multiple spaces into tabs. Bar  
codes containing spaces may not be correctly printed from applications that automatically delete spaces from  
the ends of lines or change multiple spaces into tabs.  
When printing two or more bar codes on one line, separate the bar codes with a tab, or select a font other than a  
BarCode Font and input the space. If a space is input while a GS1-128(EAN128) font is selected, the bar code  
will not be correct.  
Character type  
Alphanumeric characters (A to Z, 0 to 9)  
Parenthesis are only for identification of the Application Identifier (AI)  
Only the capital letters are supported by the small letter key input.  
Number of characters  
It changes with the Application Identifier (AI).  
01: 4 characters "(01)" and 13 numbers  
17: 4 characters "(17)" and 6 numbers  
10: 4 characters "(10)" and maximum of 20 alphanumeric characters  
30: 4 characters "(30)" and maximum of 8 numbers  
Font size  
36 pt or more  
Recommended sizes are 36 pt, 72 pt  
e following codes are inserted automatically and need not be input by hand:  
218  
>
>
Leſt/Right quiet zone  
Start/Stop character  
FNC1 character  
It inserts for discernment from Code128 and for a pause of the variable length application identifier.  
Check digit  
Change code set character  
Print sample  
EPSON EAN128  
Regulatory Information  
Standards and Approvals  
Restrictions on Copying  
Observe the following restrictions to ensure the responsible and legal use of the printer.  
Copying of the following items is prohibited by law:  
Bank bills, coins, government-issued marketable securities, government bond securities, and municipal  
securities  
Unused postage stamps, pre-stamped postcards, and other official postal items bearing valid postage  
Government-issued revenue stamps, and securities issued according to legal procedure  
Exercise caution when copying the following items:  
Private marketable securities (stock certificates, negotiable notes, checks, etc.), monthly passes, concession  
tickets, etc.  
Passports, driver’s licenses, warrants of fitness, road passes, food stamps, tickets, etc.  
Note:  
Copying these items may also be prohibited by law.  
Responsible use of copyrighted materials:  
Printers can be misused by improperly copying copyrighted materials. Unless acting on the advice of a  
knowledgeable attorney, be responsible and respectful by obtaining the permission of the copyright holder before  
copying published material.  
219  
     
>
>
Software Information for Administrators  
e following describes the soſtware that configures and manages devices.  
Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)  
Web Config is an application that runs in a web browser, such as Internet Explorer and Safari, on a computer or  
smart device. You can confirm the printer status or change the network service and printer settings. To use the  
Web Config, connect the printer and the computer or device to the same network.  
When the wireless router is connected to the same network as the printer, you can operate the printer via the  
wireless router from your smart device.  
e following browsers are supported.  
Microsoſt Edge, Internet Explorer 8 or later, Firefox*, Chrome*, Safari*  
*
Use the latest version.  
Note:  
If the administrator password has not been set when accessing Web Config, the password must be set on the administrator  
password setting page.  
Do not forget the user name and the password. If you forget them, you will need to contact Epson service support.  
Running Web Config on a Web Browser  
1.  
Check the printer's IP address.  
Select the network icon on the printer's home screen, and then select the active connection method to confirm  
the printer's IP address.  
To select an item, use the u d l r buttons, and then press the OK button.  
Note:  
You can also check the IP address by printing the network connection report.  
2.  
Launch a Web browser from a computer or smart device, and then enter the printer's IP address.  
Format:  
IPv4: http://the printer's IP address/  
IPv6: http://[the printer's IP address]/  
Examples:  
IPv4: http://192.168.100.201/  
IPv6: http://[2001:db8::1000:1]/  
Note:  
Using the smart device, you can also run Web Config from the maintenance screen of Epson iPrint.  
Since the printer uses a self-signed certificate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser  
when you start Web Config; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.  
221  
     
>
>
Related Information  
Running Web Config on Windows  
When connecting a computer to the printer using WSD, follow the steps below to run Web Config.  
1.  
Open the printer list on the computer.  
Windows 10  
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers  
in Hardware and Sound.  
Windows 8.1/Windows 8  
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound (or  
Hardware).  
Windows 7  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound.  
Windows Vista  
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound.  
2.  
3.  
Right-click on your printer and select Properties.  
Select the Web Service tab and click the URL.  
Since the printer uses a self-signed certificate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser  
when you start Web Config; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.  
Running Web Config on Mac OS  
1.  
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and  
then select the printer.  
2.  
Click Options & Supplies> Show Printer Webpage.  
Since the printer uses a self-signed certificate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser  
when you start Web Config; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.  
Application for Setting up the Device on a Network (EpsonNet  
Config)  
EpsonNet Config is an application that allows you to set the network interface addresses and protocols. See the  
operations guide for EpsonNet Config or the application's help for more details.  
222  
 
>
>
Starting on Windows  
Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016  
Click the start button, and then select EpsonNet > EpsonNet Config.  
Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012  
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.  
Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008/Windows Server  
2003 R2/Windows Server 2003  
Click the start button, and select All Programs or Programs > EpsonNet > EpsonNet Config SE > EpsonNet  
Config.  
Starting on Mac OS  
Go > Applications > Epson Soſtware > EpsonNet > EpsonNet Config SE > EpsonNet Config.  
Related Information  
Software for Managing Devices on the Network (Epson Device  
Admin)  
Epson Device Admin is a multifunctional application soſtware that manages the device on the network.  
e following functions are available.  
Monitor or manage up to 2,000 printers over the segment  
Make a detailed report, such as for the consumable or product status  
Update the firmware of the product  
Introduce the device to the network  
Apply the unified settings to multiple devices.  
You can download Epson Device Admin from Epson support website. For more information, see the  
documentation or help of Epson Device Admin.  
Connecting the Printer to the Network  
You can connect the printer to the network in several ways.  
Connect by using advanced settings on the control panel.  
Connect by using the installer on the website or on the soſtware disc.  
is section explains the procedure to connect the printer to the network using the printer's control panel.  
Before Making Network Connection  
To connect to the network, check the connection method and setting information for connection in advance.  
223  
     
>
>
Gathering Information on the Connection Setting  
Prepare the necessary setting information to connect. Check the following information in advance.  
Divisions  
Items  
Note  
LAN connection  
information  
IP address  
Decide the IP address to assign to the printer.  
Subnet mask  
Default gateway  
When you assign the IP address statically, all values are required.  
When you assign the IP address dynamically using the DHCP function,  
this information is not required because it is set automatically.  
DNS server information  
IP address for  
These are required when specifying DNS servers. The secondary DNS  
is set when the system has a redundant configuration and there is a  
secondary DNS server.  
primary DNS  
IP address for  
secondary DNS  
If you are in a small organization and do not set the DNS server, set  
the IP address of the router.  
Proxy server  
information  
Proxy server name  
Set this when your network environment uses the proxy server to  
access the internet from the intranet, and you use the function that  
the printer directly accesses to the internet.  
For the following functions, the printer directly connects to the  
internet .  
Epson Connect Services  
Cloud services of other companies  
Firmware updating  
Port number  
information  
Port number to  
Check the port number used by the printer and computer, then  
release the port that is blocked by a firewall, if necessary.  
release  
See the following for the port number used by the printer.  
IP Address Assignment  
ese are the following types of IP address assignment.  
Static IP address:  
Assign the predetermined IP address to the printer (host) manually.  
e information to connect to the network (subnet mask, default gateway, DNS server and so on) need to be set  
manually.  
e IP address does not change even when the device is turned off, so this is useful when you want to manage  
devices with an environment where you cannot change the IP address or you want to manage devices using the IP  
address. We recommend settings to the printer, server, etc. that many computers access. Also, when using security  
features such as IPsec / IP filtering, assign a fixed IP address so that the IP address does not change.  
Automatic assignment by using DHCP function (dynamic IP address):  
Assign the IP address automatically to the printer (host) by using the DHCP function of the DHCP server or  
router.  
e information to connect to the network (subnet mask, default gateway, DNS server and so on) is set  
automatically, so you can easily connect the device to the network.  
224  
>
>
If the device or the router is turned off, or depending on the DHCP server settings, IP address may change when  
re-connecting.  
We recommend managing devices other than the IP address and communicating with protocols that can follow  
the IP address.  
Note:  
When you use the IP address reservation function of the DHCP, you can assign the same IP address to the devices at any  
time.  
DNS Server and Proxy Server  
e DNS server has a host name, domain name of the email address, etc. in association with the IP address  
information.  
Communication is impossible if the other party is described by host name, domain name, etc. when the computer  
or the printer performs IP communication.  
Queries the DNS server for that information and gets the IP address of the other party. is process is called name  
resolution.  
erefore, the devices such as computers and printers can communicate using the IP address.  
Name resolution is necessary for the printer to communicate using the email function or Internet connection  
function.  
When you use those functions, make the DNS server settings.  
When you assign the printer's IP address by using the DHCP function of the DHCP server or router, it is  
automatically set.  
e proxy server is placed at the gateway between the network and the Internet, and it communicates to the  
computer, printer, and Internet (opposite server) on behalf of each of them. e opposite server communicates  
only to the proxy server. erefore, printer information such as the IP address and port number cannot be read  
and increased security is expected.  
When you connect to the Internet via a proxy server, configure the proxy server on the printer.  
Connecting to the Network from the Control Panel  
Connect the printer to the network by using the printer's control panel.  
Assigning the IP Address  
Set up the basic items such as Host Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway.  
is section explains the procedure for setting a static IP address.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Turn on the printer.  
Select Settings on the home screen on the printer's control panel.  
Select General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP.  
225  
 
>
>
4.  
5.  
Select Manual for Obtain IP Address.  
When you set the IP address automatically by using the DHCP function of router, select Auto. In that case, the  
IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway on step 5 to 6 are also set automatically, so go to step 7.  
Enter the IP address.  
Focus moves to the forward segment or the back segment separated by a period if you select  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
l
and  
r.  
6.  
7.  
Set up the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
cImportant:  
If the combination of the IP Address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway is incorrect, Start Setup is inactive  
and cannot proceed with the settings. Confirm that there is no error in the entry.  
Enter the IP address for the primary DNS server.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
Note:  
When you select Auto for the IP address assignment settings, you can select the DNS server settings from Manual or  
Auto. If you cannot obtain the DNS server address automatically, select Manual and enter the DNS server address.  
en, enter the secondary DNS server address directly. If you select Auto, go to step 9.  
8.  
9.  
Enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
Select Start Setup.  
Setting the Proxy Server  
Set up the proxy server if both of the following are true.  
e proxy server is built for Internet connection.  
When using a function in which a printer directly connects to the Internet, such as Epson Connect service or  
another company's cloud services.  
1.  
Select Settings on the home screen.  
When making settings aſter IP address setting, the Advanced screen is displayed. Go to step 3.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Select General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced.  
Select Proxy Server.  
Select Use for Proxy Server Settings.  
Enter the address for the proxy server by IPv4 or FQDN format.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
226  
>
>
6.  
7.  
Enter the port number for the proxy server.  
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.  
Select Start Setup.  
Connecting to Ethernet  
Connect the printer to the network by using the Ethernet cable, and check the connection.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Connect the printer and hub (LAN switch) by Ethernet cable.  
Select Settings on the home screen.  
Select General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check.  
e connection diagnosis result is displayed. Confirm the connection is correct.  
4.  
Select Dismiss to finish.  
When you select Print Check Report, you can print the diagnosis result. Follow the on-screen instructions to  
print it.  
Settings to Use the Printer  
Using the Print Functions  
Enable to use the print function through the network.  
To use the printer on the network, you need to set the port for network connection on the computer as well as the  
printers network connection.  
Printer Connection Types  
e following two methods are available for the printer's network connection.  
Peer to peer connection (direct printing)  
Server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server)  
Peer to Peer Connection Settings  
is is the connection to connect the printer on the network and the computer directly. Only a network-capable  
model can be connected.  
Connection method:  
Connect the printer to the network directly via hub or access point.  
227  
   
>
>
Printer driver:  
Install the printer driver on each client computer.  
When using EpsonNet SetupManager, you can provide the driver's package that includes the printer settings.  
Features:  
e print job starts immediately because the print job is sent to the printer directly.  
You can print as long as the printer runs.  
Server / Client Connection Settings  
is is the connection that the server computer shares with the printer. To prohibit the connection without going  
through the server computer, you can enhance the security.  
When using USB, the printer without the network function can be also shared.  
Connection method:  
Connect the printer to the network via LAN switch or access point.  
You can also connect the printer to the server directly by USB cable.  
Printer driver:  
Install the printer driver on the Windows server depending on the OS of the client computers.  
By accessing the Windows server and linking the printer, the printer driver is installed on the client computer and  
can be used.  
Features:  
Manage the printer and the printer driver in batch.  
Depending on the server spec, it may take time to start the print job because all print jobs go through the print  
server.  
You cannot print when the Windows server is turned off.  
Print Settings for Peer to Peer Connection  
For peer to peer connection (direct printing), a printer and a client computer have a one-to-one relationship.  
e printer driver must be installed on each client computer.  
Print Settings for Server / Client Connection  
Enable to print from the printer that is connected as the server / client connection.  
For the server / client connection, set up the print server first, and then share the printer on the network.  
When using the USB cable to connect to the server, also set the print server first, and then share the printer on the  
network.  
228  
>
>
Setting Up the Network Ports  
Create the print queue for network printing on the print server by using standard TCP/IP, and then set the network  
port.  
is example is when using Windows 2012 R2.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Open the devices and printers screen.  
Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound or Hardware > Devices and Printers.  
Add a printer.  
Click Add printer, and then select e printer that I want isn't listed.  
Add a local printer.  
Select Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings, and then click Next.  
Select Create a new port, select Standard TCP/IP Port as the Port Type, and then click Next.  
5.  
Enter the printer's IP address or printer name in Host Name or IP Address or Printer Name or IP Address,  
and then click Next.  
Example:  
Printer name : EPSONA1A2B3C  
IP address : 192.0.2.111  
Do not change Port name.  
229  
>
>
Click Continue when the User Account Control screen is displayed.  
Note:  
If you specify the printer name on the network where the name resolution is available, the IP address is tracked even if  
printer's IP address has been changed by DHCP. You can confirm the printer name from the network status screen on  
the printer's control panel or network status sheet.  
6.  
7.  
Set the printer driver.  
If the printer driver is already installed:  
Select Manufacturer and Printers. Click Next.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
When using the printer under the server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server), make the  
sharing settings hereaſter.  
Checking the Port Configuration - Windows  
Check if the correct port is set for the print queue.  
1.  
2.  
Open the devices and printers screen.  
Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound or Hardware > Devices and Printers.  
Open the printer properties screen.  
Right-click the printer icon, and then click Printer properties.  
3.  
4.  
Click the Ports tab, select Standard TCP/IP Port, and then click Configure Port.  
Check the port configuration.  
For RAW  
Check that Raw is selected in Protocol, and then click OK.  
230  
>
>
For LPR  
Check that LPR is selected in Protocol. Enter "PASSTHRU" in Queue name from LPR Settings. Select LPR  
Byte Counting Enabled, and then click OK.  
Sharing the Printer (Windows only)  
When using the printer under the server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server), set up the  
printer sharing from the print server.  
1.  
2.  
Select Control Panel > View devices and printers on the print server.  
Right-click the printer icon (print queue) that you want to share with, and then select Printer Properties >  
Sharing tab.  
3.  
Select Share this printer and then enter to Share name.  
For Windows Server 2012, click Change Sharing Options and then configure the settings.  
Installing Additional Drivers (Windows only)  
If the Windows versions for a server and clients are different, it is recommended to install additional drivers to the  
print server.  
1.  
2.  
Select Control Panel > View devices and printers on the print server.  
Right-click the printer icon that you want to share with the clients, and then click Printer Properties >  
Sharing tab.  
3.  
Click Additional Drivers.  
For Windows Server 2012, click Change Sharing Options and then configure the settings.  
4.  
5.  
Select versions of Windows for clients, and then click OK.  
Select the information file for the printer driver (*.inf) and then install the driver.  
Using the Shared Printer – Windows  
e administrator needs to inform the clients of the computer name assigned to the print server and how to add it  
to their computers. If the additional driver(s) have not been configured yet, inform the clients how to use Devices  
and Printers to add the shared printer.  
If additional driver(s) have already been configured on the print server, follow these steps:  
1.  
2.  
Select the name assigned to the print server in Windows Explorer.  
Double-click the printer that you want to use.  
Basic Settings for Printing  
Set the print settings, such as paper size or printing error.  
231  
>
>
Setting the Paper Source  
Set the size and type of paper to be loaded in each paper source.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Print tab > Paper Source Settings.  
Set each item.  
e displayed items may vary by the situation.  
Paper source name  
Display the target paper source name, such as paper tray, Cassette 1.  
Paper Size  
Select the paper size you want to set from the pull-down menu.  
Unit  
Select the unit of the user-defined size. You can select it when User defined is selected on Paper Size.  
Width  
Set the horizontal length of the user-defined size.  
e range you can enter here depends on the paper source, which is indicated on the side of Width.  
When you select mm in Unit, you can enter up to one decimal place.  
When you select inch in Unit, you can enter up to two decimal places.  
Height  
Set the vertical length of the user-defined size.  
e range you can enter here depends on the paper source, which is indicated on the side of Height.  
When you select mm in Unit, you can enter up to one decimal place.  
When you select inch in Unit, you can enter up to two decimal places.  
Paper Type  
Select the paper type you want to set from the pull-down menu.  
3.  
Check the settings, and then click OK.  
Setting the Interface  
Set the timeout of the print jobs or printing language assigned to each interface.  
is item is displayed on the PCL or PostScript compatible printer.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Print tab > Interface Settings.  
Set each item.  
Timeout Settings  
Set the timeout of the print jobs sent directly via USB.  
You can set between 5 and 300 seconds by the second.  
When you do not want to timeout, enter 0.  
Printing Language  
Select the printing language for each USB interface and network interface.  
When you select Auto, the printing language is automatically detected by the print jobs being sent.  
232  
>
>
3.  
Check the settings, and then click OK.  
Setting Errors  
Set the displaying error for the device.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Print tab > Error Settings.  
Set each item.  
Paper Size Notice  
Set whether to display an error on the control panel when the paper size of the specified paper source is  
different from the paper size of the print data.  
Paper Type Notice  
Set whether to display an error on the control panel when the paper type of the specified paper source is  
different from the paper type of the print data.  
Auto Error Solver  
Set whether to automatically cancel the error if there is no operation on the control panel for 5 seconds  
aſter displaying the error.  
3.  
Check the settings, and then click OK.  
Setting Universal Print  
Set when you print from external devices without using the printer driver.  
Some items are not displayed depending on the printing language of your printer.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Access Web Config and select the Print tab > Universal Print Settings.  
Set each item.  
Check the settings, and then click OK.  
Basic  
Items  
Explanation  
Top Offset(-30.0-30.0mm)  
Sets the vertical position of the paper on which printing starts.  
Sets the horizontal position of the paper on which printing starts.  
Left Offset(-30.0-30.0mm)  
Top Offset in Back(-30.0-30.0mm)  
Sets the vertical position of the paper on which the printing of the back side of  
the paper starts in duplex printing.  
Left Offset in Back(-30.0-30.0mm)  
Skip Blank Page  
Sets the horizontal position of the paper on which the printing of the back side of  
the paper starts in duplex printing.  
If there is a blank page in the print data, set not to print a blank page.  
233  
>
>
PDL Print Configuration  
You can specify settings for PCL or PostScript printing.  
Common Settings  
Items  
Explanation  
Paper Size  
Select the paper size on which you want to print.  
Select the type of paper on which you print.  
Select the orientation you want to use to print.  
Select the print quality you want to use for printing.  
Set whether to print with reduced toner consumption.  
Select to print from the top or the last page.  
Set the number of copies you want to print.  
Select the binding position.  
Paper Type  
Orientation  
Quality  
Toner Save Mode  
Print Order  
Number of Copies(1-999)  
Binding Margin  
Auto Paper Ejection  
Select whether to eject paper automatically when timeout is occurred during  
receiving a print job.  
2-Sided Printing  
Set whether printing 2-sided.  
PCL Menu  
Items  
Font Source  
Explanation  
Select whether to use the font installed on the printer or download it.  
Specify the font number you want to use.  
Font Number  
Pitch(0.44-99.99cpi)  
Height(4.00-999.75pt)  
Symbol Set  
If the font to use is scalable and fixed-pitch font, specify the font size in pitch.  
If the font to use is scalable and proportional font, specify the font size in points.  
Select the symbol set of the font you want to use.  
Form(5-128lines)  
CR Function  
Specify the number of lines per page.  
Select the operation for the CR code (return).  
LF Function  
Select the operation for the LF code (new line), FF code (new page).  
Specify paper feeder assignment for PCL paper feed command.  
Paper Source Assign  
PS Menu  
Items  
Error Sheet  
Explanation  
Set whether to print an error sheet when PS3 printing error occurs.  
Coloration  
Set as color printing or monochrome printing.  
You can only select monochrome for this printer.  
234  
>
>
Items  
Explanation  
Binary  
Set whether to accept the binary data or not.  
Set the paper size for PDF printing.  
PDF Page Size  
Setting Up AirPrint  
Set when using AirPrint printing.  
Access Web Config and select the Network tab > AirPrint Setup.  
Items  
Explanation  
Bonjour Service Name  
Bonjour Location  
Enter the Bonjour service name between 1 and 41 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).  
Enter location information such as the printer's placement within 127 bytes or less  
in Unicode (UTF-8).  
Geolocation  
Enter the printer's location information. This entry is optional.  
Latitude and Longitude (WGS84)  
Enter values by using WGS-84 datum, which separates latitude and longitude with  
a comma.  
You can enter -90 to +90 for the latitude value, and -180 to +180 for the longitude  
value. You can enter less than a decimal to the sixth place, and you can omit "+".  
Top Priority Protocol  
Wide-Area Bonjour  
Select top priority protocol from IPP and Port9100.  
Set whether or not to use Wide-Area Bonjour. If you use it, the printers must be  
registered on the DNS server to be able to search the printer over the segment.  
Require PIN Code when using IPP  
printing  
Select whether or not to require a PIN code when using IPP printing. If you select  
Yes, IPP print jobs without PIN codes are not saved in the printer.  
Enable AirPrint  
IPP, Bonjour, AirPrint are enabled, and IPP is established only with secure  
communication.  
Configuring a Mail Server  
Set the mail server from Web Config.  
When the printer can send the email, receiving the email notification from the printer is enabled.  
Check below before setting up.  
e printer is connected to the network that can access the mail server.  
Email setting information of the computer that uses the same mail server as the printer.  
Note:  
When you use the mail server on the Internet, confirm the setting information from the provider or website.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Network tab > Email Server > Basic.  
Enter a value for each item.  
235  
   
>
>
3.  
Select OK.  
e settings you have selected are displayed.  
When the setup completes, perform the connection check.  
Mail Server Setting Items  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Specify the authentication method for the printer to access the mail server.  
Authentication Method  
Off  
Set when the mail server does not need authentication.  
SMTP AUTH  
Authenticates on the SMTP server (outgoing mail server)  
when sending the email. The mail server needs to support  
SMTP authentication.  
POP before SMTP  
Authenticates on the POP3 server (receiving mail server)  
before sending the email. When you select this item, set the  
POP3 server.  
Authenticated Account  
Authenticated Password  
Sender's Email Address  
If you select SMTP AUTH or POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the  
authenticated account name between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).  
When you select SMTP AUTH, enter the SMTP server account. When you select POP before  
SMTP, enter the POP3 server account.  
If you select SMTP AUTH or POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the  
authenticated password between 0 and 20 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).  
When you select SMTP AUTH, enter the authenticated account for the SMTP server. When  
you select POP before SMTP, enter the authenticated account for the POP3 server.  
Enter the sender's email address such as the email address of the system administrator. This  
is used when authenticating, so enter a valid email address that is registered to the mail  
server.  
Enter between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E) except for : ( ) < > [ ] ; ¥. A period "."  
cannot be the first character.  
SMTP Server Address  
SMTP Server Port Number  
Secure Connection  
Enter between 0 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 . - . You can use IPv4 or FQDN format.  
Enter a number between 1 and 65535.  
Select the encryption method of the communication to the mail server.  
None  
If you select POP before SMTP in Authentication Method,  
the connection is not encrypted.  
SSL/TLS  
STARTTLS  
This is available when Authentication Method is set to Off  
or SMTP AUTH. Communication is encrypted from the start.  
This is available when Authentication Method is set to Off  
or SMTP AUTH. Communication is not encrypted from the  
start, but depending on the network environment, whether  
the communication is encrypted or not is changed.  
Certificate Validation  
The certificate is validated when this is enabled. We recommend this is set to Enable. To set  
up, you need to import the CA Certificate to the printer.  
236  
>
>
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
POP3 Server Address  
If you select POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the POP3 server  
address between 0 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 . - . You can use IPv4 or FQDN  
format.  
POP3 Server Port Number  
If you select POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter a number between 1  
and 65535.  
Checking a Mail Server Connection  
You can check the connection to the mail server by performing the connection check.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Network tab > Email Server > Connection Test.  
Select Start.  
e connection test to the mail server is started. Aſter the test, the check report is displayed.  
Mail Server Connection Test References  
Messages  
Cause  
Connection test was successful.  
This message appears when the connection with the server is successful.  
SMTP server communication error.  
Check the following. - Network  
Settings  
This message appears when  
The printer is not connected to a network  
SMTP server is down  
Network connection is disconnected while communicating  
Received incomplete data  
POP3 server communication error.  
Check the following. - Network  
Settings  
This message appears when  
The printer is not connected to a network  
POP3 server is down  
Network connection is disconnected while communicating  
Received incomplete data  
An error occurred while connecting to  
SMTP server. Check the followings. -  
SMTP Server Address - DNS Server  
This message appears when  
Connecting to a DNS server failed  
Name resolution for an SMTP server failed  
An error occurred while connecting to  
POP3 server. Check the followings. -  
POP3 Server Address - DNS Server  
This message appears when  
Connecting to a DNS server failed  
Name resolution for an POP3 server failed  
SMTP server authentication error.  
Check the followings. - Authentication  
Method - Authenticated Account -  
Authenticated Password  
This message appears when SMTP server authentication failed.  
237  
>
>
Messages  
Cause  
POP3 server authentication error.  
Check the followings. - Authentication  
Method - Authenticated Account -  
Authenticated Password  
This message appears when POP3 server authentication failed.  
Unsupported communication method.  
Check the followings. - SMTP Server  
Address - SMTP Server Port Number  
This message appears when you try to communicate with unsupported protocols.  
Connection to SMTP server failed.  
Change Secure Connection to None.  
This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a  
client, or when the server does not support SMTP secure connection (SSL  
connection).  
Connection to SMTP server failed.  
Change Secure Connection to SSL/TLS.  
This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a  
client, or when the server requests to use an SSL/TLS connection for an SMTP  
secure connection.  
Connection to SMTP server failed.  
Change Secure Connection to  
STARTTLS.  
This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a  
client, or when the server requests to use an STARTTLS connection for an SMTP  
secure connection.  
The connection is untrusted. Check the  
following. - Date and Time  
This message appears when the printer’s date and time setting is incorrect or the  
certificate has expired.  
The connection is untrusted. Check the  
following. - CA Certificate  
This message appears when the printer does not have a root certificate  
corresponding to the server or a CA Certificate has not been imported.  
The connection is not secured.  
This message appears when the obtained certificate is damaged.  
SMTP server authentication failed.  
Change Authentication Method to  
SMTP-AUTH.  
This message appears when an authentication method mismatch occurs between  
a server and a client. The server supports SMTP AUTH.  
SMTP server authentication failed.  
Change Authentication Method to  
POP before SMTP.  
This message appears when an authentication method mismatch occurs between  
a server and a client. The server does not support SMTP AUTH.  
Sender's Email Address is incorrect.  
Change to the email address for your  
email service.  
This message appears when the specified sender’s Email address is wrong.  
This message appears when the printer is busy.  
Cannot access the printer until  
processing is complete.  
Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer  
Setting the Control Panel  
Setup for the printer's control panel. You can set up as follows.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Control Panel.  
Set up the following items as necessary.  
Language  
Select the displayed language on the control panel.  
238  
 
>
>
Panel Lock  
If you select ON, the administrator password is required when you perform an operation that requires the  
administrator's authority. If the administrator password is not set, panel lock is disabled.  
Operation Timeout  
If you select ON, when you log in as the access control user or administrator, you are automatically logged  
out and go to the initial screen if there is no activity for a certain period of time.  
You can set between 10 seconds and 240 minutes by the second.  
Note:  
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.  
Language : Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Language  
Panel Lock : Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Admin Settings > Lock  
Setting  
Operation Timeout : Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Operation Time Out (You can specify On or  
Off.)  
3.  
Click OK.  
Power Saving Settings  
You can set up the time to shiſt to the power saving mode or to turn the power off when the printers control panel  
is not operated for a certain period of time. Set the time depending on your usage environment.  
Setting the Sleep Timer  
You can set up the time to switch to power saving mode when inactivity occurs.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Power Saving.  
Enter the time to switch to power saving mode for the Sleep Timer when inactivity occurs.  
You can set up to 120 minutes by the minute.  
3.  
Click OK.  
Note:  
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.  
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sleep Timer  
Setting Quick Sleep  
You can switch to power saving mode immediately aſter printing.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Power Saving.  
Set Quick Sleep to ON(default).  
Click OK.  
239  
>
>
Note:  
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.  
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Quick Sleep  
Making a Weekly Sleep Schedule  
You can set a sleep pattern according to the usage activity. Use Web Config to make this setting.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Power Saving > Sleep Schedule.  
Set the Start Time and Power Saving Mode for each of the five time periods.  
You can select the following Power Saving Mode options.  
On  
Enters sleep mode according to the Sleep Timer settings.  
Quick  
Enters sleep mode immediately when inactivity occurs.  
For example, if you want the printer to sleep on Monday as shown in the following figure, make settings as  
shown in the Sleep Schedule screenshot below.  
:
During this time period, it enters sleep mode immediately.  
:
During this time period, it enters sleep mode according to the Sleep Timer settings.  
3.  
Click OK.  
240  
>
>
Making Settings to Power Off when All Ports are Disconnected  
Set the printer to turn off automatically aſter 30 minutes when all ports including the USB port are disconnected.  
is feature may not be available depending on your region.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Power Saving.  
Set Power Off If Disconnected to On.  
Click OK.  
Note:  
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.  
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power Off If Disconnected  
Synchronizing the Date and Time with Time Server  
When synchronizing with the time server (NTP server), you can synchronize the time of the printer and the  
computer on the network. e time server may be operated within the organization or published on the Internet.  
When using the CA certificate or Kerberos authentication, time-related trouble can be prevented by synchronizing  
with the time server.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Date and Time > Time Server.  
Select Use for Use Time Server.  
Enter the time server address for Time Server Address.  
You can use IPv4, IPv6 or FQDN format. Enter 252 characters or less. If you do not specify this, leave it blank.  
4.  
5.  
Enter Update Interval (min).  
You can set up to 10,080 minutes by the minute.  
Click OK.  
Note:  
You can confirm the connection status with the time server on Time Server Status.  
Problems when Making Settings  
Hints to Solving Problems  
Checking the error message  
When trouble has occurred, first check whether there are any messages on the printer's control panel or driver  
screen. If you have the notification email set when the events occur, you can promptly learn the status.  
Network connection report  
Diagnose the network and the printer status, and then print the result.  
You can find the diagnosed error from the printer side.  
241  
 
>
>
Checking the communication status  
Check the communication status of server computer or client computer by using the command such as ping  
and ipconfig.  
Connection test  
For checking the connection between the printer to the mail server, perform the connection test from the  
printer. Also, check the connection from the client computer to the server to check the communication status.  
Initializing the settings  
If the settings and communication status show no problem, the problems may be solved by disabling or  
initializing the network settings of the printer, and then setting up again.  
Cannot Access Web Config  
The IP address is not assigned to the printer.  
A valid IP address may not be assigned to the printer. Configure the IP address using the printers  
control panel. You can confirm the current setting information with a network status sheet or from  
the printer’s control panel.  
Web browser does not support the Encryption Strength for SSL/TLS.  
SSL/TLS has the Encryption Strength. You can open Web Config by using a web browser that  
supports bulk encryptions as indicated below. Check you are using the a supported browser.  
80bit: AES256/AES128/3DES  
112bit: AES256/AES128/3DES  
128bit: AES256/AES128  
192bit: AES256  
256bit: AES256  
CA-signed Certificate is expired.  
If there is a problem with the expiration date of the certificate, "e certificate has expired" is  
displayed when connecting to Web Config with SSL/TLS communication (https). If the message  
appears before its expiration date, make sure that the printer's date is configured correctly.  
The common name of the certificate and the printer do not match.  
If the common name of the certificate and the printer do not match, the message "e name of the  
security certificate does not match···" is displayed when accessing Web Config using SSL/TLS  
communication (https). is happens because the following IP addresses do not match.  
e printer's IP address entered to common name for creating a Self-signed Certificate or CSR  
IP address entered to web browser when running Web Config  
For Self-signed Certificate, update the certificate.  
For CA-signed Certificate, take the certificate again for the printer.  
The proxy server setting of local address is not set to web browser.  
When the printer is set to use a proxy server, configure the web browser not to connect to the local  
address via the proxy server.  
242  
>
>
Windows:  
Select Control Panel > Network and Internet > Internet Options > Connections > LAN settings  
> Proxy server, and then configure not to use the proxy server for LAN (local addresses).  
Mac OS:  
Select System Preferences > Network > Advanced > Proxies, and then register the local address  
for Bypass proxy settings for these Hosts & Domains.  
Example:  
192.168.1.*: Local address 192.168.1.XXX, subnet mask 255.255.255.0  
192.168.*.*: Local address 192.168.XXX.XXX, subnet mask 255.255.0.0  
Managing the Printer  
Introduction of Product Security Features  
is section introduces the security function of the Epson Devices.  
Feature name  
Feature type  
What to set  
What to prevent  
Setup for the  
administrator  
password  
Locks the system settings,  
such as connection setup for  
network or USB.  
An administrator sets a  
password to the device.  
Prevent from illegally reading  
and changing the  
information stored in the  
device such as ID, password,  
network settings, and so on.  
Also, reduce a wide range of  
security risks such as leakage  
of information for the  
You can set or change from  
both Web Config and the  
printer's control panel.  
network environment or  
security policy.  
Setup for access  
control  
If you log on with a user  
account registered in  
advance, you are allowed to  
use the printer.  
Register any user account.  
The risk of leakage and  
unauthorized viewing of data  
can be reduced by  
minimizing the numbers of  
functions in accordance with  
the business content and the  
role of the user.  
You can register up to 10 user  
accounts.  
Protects from illegal access by  
any system other than the  
authentication system when  
using it.  
Setup for external  
interface  
Controls the interface that  
connects to the device.  
Enable or disable USB  
connection with the  
computer.  
USB connection of  
computer: Prevents  
unauthorized use of the  
device by prohibiting  
printing without going  
through the network.  
Related Information  
243  
   
>
>
Administrator Settings  
Configuring the Administrator Password  
When you set the administrator password, you can prevent the users from changing system management settings.  
You can set and change the administrator password using either Web Config, the printer's control panel, or Epson  
Device Admin. When using Epson Device Admin, see the Epson Device Admin guide or help.  
Related Information  
Configuring the Administrator Password from the Control Panel  
You can set the administrator password from the printer's control panel.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
Select Settings on the printer's control panel.  
Select General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Admin Settings.  
Select Admin Password > Register.  
Enter the new password.  
Enter the password again.  
Note:  
You can change or delete the administrator password when you select Change or Restore Default Settings on the Admin  
Password screen and enter the administrator password.  
Configuring the Administrator Password from a Computer  
You can set the administrator password using Web Config.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Change Administrator Password.  
Enter a password to New Password and Confirm New Password. Enter the user name, if necessary.  
If you want to change the password to new one, enter a current password.  
3.  
Select OK.  
Note:  
To set or change the locked menu items, click Administrator Login, and then enter the administrator password.  
To delete the administrator password, click Product Security tab > Delete Administrator Password, and then enter  
the administrator password.  
Related Information  
244  
       
>
>
Controlling the Panel Operation  
If you set the administrator password and enable the Lock Setting, you can lock the items related to the printers  
system settings so that users cannot change them.  
Enabling the Lock Setting  
Enable the Lock Setting for the printer where the password is set.  
Specify an administrator's password first.  
Enabling the Lock Setting from the Control Panel  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Select Settings on the printer's control panel.  
Select General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Admin Settings.  
Select On on Lock Setting.  
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings, and then check that the password is required.  
Enabling the Lock Setting from a Computer  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
Access Web Config and click the Administrator Login.  
Enter the user name and password, and then click OK.  
Select the Device Management tab > Control Panel.  
On the Panel Lock, select ON.  
Click OK.  
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings on the printer’s control panel, and then check that the  
password is required.  
Related Information  
Lock Setting Items for General Settings Menu  
is is a list of the Lock Setting items in Settings > General Settings on the control panel.  
Some items are only displayed when optional items are installed.  
General Settings menu  
Panel Lock  
Basic Settings  
-
245  
>
>
General Settings menu  
LCD Brightness  
Sound  
Panel Lock  
-
-
Sleep Timer  
-
Quick Sleep  
Power Off If Disconnected  
Date/Time Settings  
Language  
Operation Time Out  
Keyboard  
General Settings menu  
Panel Lock  
Printer Settings  
-
Paper Source Settings  
Output Tray  
-
-
Printing Language  
Universal Print Settings  
PDL Print Configuration  
Auto Error Solver  
-
PC Connection via USB  
USB I/F Timeout Setting  
Printer Swapping  
General Settings menu  
Panel Lock  
Network Settings  
246  
>
>
General Settings menu  
Panel Lock  
Network Status  
*1  
Wired LAN Status  
Print Status Sheet  
*1  
Connection Check  
Advanced  
Device Name  
TCP/IP  
Proxy Server  
IPv6 Address  
Link Speed & Duplex  
Redirect HTTP to HTTPS  
Disable IPsec/IP Filtering  
Disable IEEE802.1X  
General Settings menu  
Panel Lock  
Web Service Settings  
Epson Connect Services  
General Settings menu  
Panel Lock  
System Administration  
247  
>
>
General Settings menu  
Panel Lock  
Reset number of consumed toner  
Compatible models: AL-M8250DN, AL-M8150DN  
Clear Internal Memory Data  
HDD Erase Settings*2  
Option HDD invalid*2  
Security Settings  
Delete All Internal Memory Jobs  
Admin Settings  
Admin Password  
Lock Setting  
Password Encryption  
Audit Log  
Customer Research  
Printer Adjust Menu  
Restore Default Settings  
Firmware Update  
= To be locked.  
- = Not to be locked.  
*1 : Even though items on the upper level can be locked by administrator lock, you can still access them from the same name  
menu of Settings > Printer Status/Print > Network.  
*2 : This item is displayed when the optional hard disk unit is installed.  
Related Information  
Logging on to the Printer as an Administrator  
If the administrator password is set to the printer, you need to log on as an administrator to operate the locked  
menu items on Web Config.  
Enter the password to operate the locked menu items on the control panel.  
Logging on to the Printer from a Computer  
When you log in to Web Config as an administrator, you can operate items that are set in the Lock Setting.  
1.  
Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to run Web Config.  
248  
>
>
2.  
3.  
4.  
Click Administrator Login.  
Enter the user name and administrator password in User Name and Current password.  
Click OK.  
e locked items and Administrator Logout are displayed when being authenticated.  
Click Administrator Logout to log off.  
Note:  
When you select ON for the Device Management tab > Control Panel > Operation Timeout, you log off automatically  
aſter a specific length of time if there is no activity on the control panel.  
Related Information  
Restricting Available Features  
You can register user accounts on the printer, link them with functions, and control functions that users can use.  
When you register the authentication information to the printer driver, you will be able to print from the  
computer. For details of the driver settings, see the driver's help or manual.  
Creating the User Account  
Create the user account for access control.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > User Settings.  
Click Add for the number you want to register.  
cImportant:  
When using the printer with the authentication system of Epson or other companies, register the user name of  
the restriction setting in number 2 to number 10.  
Application soſtware such as the authentication system uses number one, so that the user name is not displayed  
on the printer's control panel.  
3.  
Set each item.  
User Name :  
Enter the name displayed on the user name list between 1 and 14 characters long using alphanumeric  
characters.  
Password :  
Enter a password between 0 and 20 characters long in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). When initializing the password,  
leave it blank.  
Select the check box to enable or disable each function.  
Select the function that you permit to use.  
249  
 
>
>
4.  
Click Apply.  
Return to the user setting list aſter a specific length of time.  
Check that the user name you registered on User Name is displayed and changed Add to Edit.  
Related Information  
Editing the User Account  
Edit the account registered to access control.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > User Settings.  
Click Edit for the number you want to edit.  
Change each item.  
Click Apply.  
Return to the user setting list aſter a specific length of time.  
Related Information  
Deleting the User Account  
Delete the account registered to access control.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > User Settings.  
Click Edit for the number you want to delete.  
Click Delete.  
cImportant:  
When clicking Delete, the user account will be deleted without a confirmation message. Take care when  
deleting the account.  
Return to the user setting list aſter a specific length of time.  
Related Information  
Enabling Access Control  
When enabling access control, only the registered user will be able to use the printer.  
250  
>
>
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > Basic.  
Select Enables Access Control.  
If you select Allow printing and scanning without authentication information from a computer, you can  
print from the drivers that are not set with the authentication information.  
3.  
Click OK.  
Related Information  
Disabling the External Interface  
You can disable the interface that is used to connect the device to the printer. Make the restriction settings to  
restrict printing other than via network.  
Note:  
You can also make the restriction settings on the printer's control panel.  
PC Connection via USB : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > PC Connection via USB  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > External Interface.  
Select Disable on the functions you want to set.  
Select Enable when you want to cancel controlling.  
PC Connection via USB  
You can restrict the usage of the USB connection from the computer. If you want to restrict it, select Disable.  
3.  
4.  
Click OK.  
Check that the disabled port cannot be used.  
PC Connection via USB  
If the driver was installed on the computer  
Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then confirm that the printer does not print.  
If the driver was not installed on the computer  
Windows:  
Open the device manager and keep it, connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then  
confirm that the device manager's display contents stays unchanged.  
Mac OS:  
Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then confirm that the printer is not listed if you  
want to add the printer from Printers & Scanners.  
Related Information  
251  
 
>
>
Monitoring a Remote Printer  
Checking Information for a Remote Printer  
You can check the following information of the operating printer from Status by using Web Config.  
Product Status  
Check the status, cloud service, product number, MAC address, etc.  
Network Status  
Check the information of the network connection status, IP address, DNS server, etc.  
Usage Status  
Check the first day of printings, printed pages, printing count for each language, etc.  
Hardware Status  
Check the status of each function of the printer.  
Panel Snapshot  
Display a screen image snapshot that is displayed on the control panel of the device.  
Related Information  
Receiving Email Notifications When Events Occur  
About Email Notifications  
is is the notification function that, when events such as printing stop and printer error occur, send the email to  
the specified address.  
You can register up to five destinations and set the notification settings for each destination.  
To use this function, you need to set up the mail server before setting up notifications.  
Related Information  
Configuring Email Notification  
Configure email notification by using Web Config.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Email Notification.  
Set the subject of email notification.  
Select the contents displayed on the subject from the two pull-down menus.  
e selected contents are displayed next to Subject.  
e same contents cannot be set on leſt and right.  
252  
   
>
>
When the number of characters in Location exceeds 32 bytes, characters exceeding 32 bytes are omitted.  
3.  
Enter the email address for sending the notification email.  
Use A-Z a-z 0-9 ! # $ % & ' * + - . /= ? ^ _ { | } ~ @, and enter between 1 and 255 characters.  
4.  
5.  
Select the language for the email notifications.  
Select the check box on the event for which you want to receive a notification.  
e number of Notification Settings is linked to the destination number of Email Address Settings.  
Example :  
If you want a notification sent to the email address set for number 1 in Email Address Settings when the  
printer is out of paper, select the check box column 1 in line Paper out.  
6.  
Click OK.  
Confirm that an email notification will be sent by causing an event.  
Example : Print by specifying the Paper Source where paper is not set.  
Related Information  
Items for Email Notification  
Items  
Replacing toner cartridge is required  
Toner low  
Settings and Explanation  
Notification displayed when the toner is expended.  
Notification displayed when the toner is nearly expended.  
Notification displayed when administrator password has been changed.  
Administrator password changed  
Paper out  
Notification displayed when the paper-out error has occurred in the specified  
paper source.  
Printing stopped  
Notification displayed when the printing is stopped due to paper jam or paper  
cassette not set.  
Printer error  
Notification displayed when the printer error has occurred.  
hard disk unit error  
Notification displayed when the error of the internal hard disk. This item is  
displayed when the optional hard disk unit is installed.  
Additional Network failure  
Notification displayed when an error in the additional network interface card has  
occurred. This item is displayed when the additional network interface card is  
installed.  
Related Information  
253  
 
>
>
Backing Up the Settings  
You can export the setting value set from Web Config to the file. You can use it for backing up the setting values,  
replacing the printer, etc.  
e exported file cannot be edited because it is exported as a binary file.  
Export the settings  
Export the setting for the printer.  
1.  
Access Web Config, and then select the Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value >  
Export.  
2.  
Select the settings that you want to export.  
Select the settings you want to export. If you select the parent category, subcategories are also selected.  
However, subcategories that cause errors by duplicating within the same network (such as IP addresses and so  
on) cannot be selected.  
3.  
4.  
Enter a password to encrypt the exported file.  
You need the password to import the file. Leave this blank if you do not want to encrypt the file.  
Click Export.  
cImportant:  
If you want to export the printer’s network settings such as the device name and IPv6 address, select Enable to  
select the individual settings of device and select more items. Only use the selected values for the replacement  
printer.  
Related Information  
Import the settings  
Import the exported Web Config file to the printer.  
cImportant:  
When importing values that include individual information such as a printer name or IP address, make sure the  
same IP address does not exist on the same network.  
1.  
Access Web Config, and then select the Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value >  
Import.  
2.  
3.  
Select the exported file, and then enter the encrypted password.  
Click Next.  
254  
 
>
>
4.  
5.  
Select the settings that you want to import, and then click Next.  
Click OK.  
e settings are applied to the printer.  
Related Information  
Advanced Security Settings  
is section explains advanced security features.  
Security Settings and Prevention of Danger  
When a printer is connected to a network, you can access it from a remote location. In addition, many people can  
share the printer, which is helpful in improving operational efficiency and convenience. However, risks such as  
illegal access, illegal use, and tampering with data are increased. If you use the printer in an environment where  
you can access the Internet, the risks are even higher.  
For printers that do not have access protection from the outside, it will be possible to read the print job logs that  
are stored in the printer from the Internet.  
In order to avoid this risk, Epson printers have a variety of security technologies.  
Set the printer as necessary according to the environmental conditions that have been built with the customer's  
environment information.  
Name  
Feature type  
What to set  
What to prevent  
Control of protocol  
Controls the protocols and  
services to be used for  
communication between  
printers and computers, and  
it enables and disables  
features.  
A protocol or service that is  
applied to features allowed or  
prohibited separately.  
Reducing security risks that  
may occur through  
unintended use by  
preventing users from using  
unnecessary functions.  
SSL/TLS  
communications  
The communication content  
is encrypted with SSL/TLS  
communications when  
accessing to the Epson server  
on the Internet from the  
printer, such as  
communicating to the  
computer via web browser,  
using Epson Connect, and  
updating firmware.  
Obtain a CA-signed  
certificate, and then import it  
to the printer.  
Clearing an identification of  
the printer by the CA-signed  
certification prevents  
impersonation and  
unauthorized access. In  
addition, communication  
contents of SSL/TLS are  
protected, and it prevents the  
leakage of contents for  
printing data and setup  
information.  
255  
   
>
>
Name  
Feature type  
What to set  
What to prevent  
IPsec/IP filtering  
You can set to allow severing  
and cutting off of data that is  
from a certain client or is a  
particular type. Since IPsec  
protects the data by IP packet  
unit (encryption and  
Create a basic policy and  
individual policy to set the  
client or type of data that can  
access the printer.  
Protect unauthorized access,  
and tampering and  
interception of  
communication data to the  
printer.  
authentication), you can  
safely communicate  
unsecured protocol.  
IEEE802.1X  
Only allows authenticated  
users to connect to the  
network. Allows only a  
permitted user to use the  
printer.  
Authentication setting to the  
RADIUS server  
(authentication sever).  
Protect unauthorized access  
and use to the printer.  
Related Information  
Security Feature Settings  
When setting IPsec/IP filtering or IEEE802.1X, it is recommended that you access Web Config using SSL/TLS to  
communicate settings information in order to reduce security risks such as tampering or interception.  
Make sure you configure the administrator password before setting IPsec/IP filtering or IEEE802.1X.  
Also, you can use Web Config by connecting the printer directly to the computer using an Ethernet cable, and then  
entering the IP address into a web browser. e printer can be connected in a secure environment aſter the security  
settings have been completed.  
Controlling Using Protocols  
You can print using a variety of pathways and protocols.  
You can lower unintended security risks by restricting printing from specific pathways or by controlling the  
available functions.  
Controlling protocols  
Configure the protocol settings.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > Protocol.  
Configure each item.  
Click Next.  
256  
   
>
>
4.  
Click OK.  
e settings are applied to the printer.  
Related Information  
Protocols you can Enable or Disable  
Protocol  
Description  
Bonjour Settings  
You can specify whether to use Bonjour. Bonjour is used to search for devices, print, and so  
on.  
SLP Settings  
You can enable or disable the SLP function. SLP is used for push scanning and network  
searching in EpsonNet Config.  
WSD Settings  
You can enable or disable the WSD function. When this is enabled, you can add WSD devices,  
and print from the WSD port.  
LLTD Settings  
You can enable or disable the LLTD function. When this is enabled, it is displayed on the  
Windows network map.  
LLMNR Settings  
LPR Settings  
You can enable or disable the LLMNR function. When this is enabled, you can use name  
resolution without NetBIOS even if you cannot use DNS.  
You can specify whether or not to allow LPR printing. When this is enabled, you can print from  
the LPR port.  
RAW(Port9100) Settings  
RAW(Custom Port) Settings  
IPP Settings  
You can specify whether or not to allow printing from the RAW port (Port 9100). When this is  
enabled, you can print from the RAW port (Port 9100).  
You can specify whether or not to allow printing from the RAW port (custom port). When this  
is enabled, you can print from the RAW port (custom port).  
You can specify whether or not to allow printing from IPP. When this is enabled, you can print  
over the Internet.  
FTP Settings  
You can specify whether or not to allow FTP printing. When this is enabled, you can print over  
an FTP server.  
SNMPv1/v2c Settings  
SNMPv3 Settings  
You can specify whether or not to enable SNMPv1/v2c. This is used to set up devices,  
monitoring, and so on.  
You can specify whether or not to enable SNMPv3. This is used to set up encrypted devices,  
monitoring, etc.  
Related Information  
257  
 
>
>
Protocol Setting Items  
Bonjour Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Use Bonjour  
Select this to search for or use devices through Bonjour.  
Default : Enable  
Bonjour Name  
Displays the Bonjour name.  
Bonjour Service Name  
Location  
Displays the Bonjour service name.  
Displays the Bonjour location name.  
Top Priority Protocol  
Select the top priority protocol for Bonjour print.  
Default : IPP  
Wide-Area Bonjour  
Set whether to use Wide-Area Bonjour.  
Default : Do Not Use  
SLP Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Enable SLP  
Select this to enable the SLP function.  
This is used such as network searching in EpsonNet Config.  
Default : Enable  
WSD Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Enable WSD  
Select this to enable adding devices using WSD, and print  
from the WSD port.  
Default : Enable  
Printing Timeout (sec)  
Enter the communication timeout value for WSD printing  
between 3 to 3,600 seconds.  
Default : 300  
Device Name  
Location  
Displays the WSD device name.  
Displays the WSD location name.  
LLTD Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Enable LLTD  
Select this to enable LLTD. The printer is displayed in the  
Windows network map.  
Default : Enable  
Device Name  
Displays the LLTD device name.  
258  
 
>
>
LLMNR Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Enable LLMNR  
Select this to enable LLMNR. You can use name resolution  
without NetBIOS even if you cannot use DNS.  
Default : Enable  
LPR Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Allow LPR Port Printing  
Select to allow printing from the LPR port.  
Default : Enable  
Printing Timeout (sec)  
Enter the timeout value for LPR printing between 0 to 3,600  
seconds. If you do not want to timeout, enter 0.  
Default : 300  
RAW(Port9100) Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Allow RAW(Port9100) Printing  
Select to allow printing from the RAW port (Port 9100).  
Default : Enable  
Printing Timeout (sec)  
Enter the timeout value for RAW (Port 9100) printing be-  
tween 0 to 3,600 seconds. If you do not want to timeout, en-  
ter 0.  
Default : 300  
RAW(Custom Port) Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Allow RAW(Custom Port) Printing  
Select to allow printing from the RAW port (custom port).  
Default : Enable  
Port Number  
Enter the port number for RAW printing between 1024 and  
65535 (except for 9100, 1865, 2968).  
Default : 2501  
Printing Timeout (sec)  
Enter the timeout value for RAW (custom port) printing be-  
tween 0 to 3,600 seconds. If you do not want to timeout, en-  
ter 0.  
Default : 300  
IPP Settings  
259  
>
>
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Enable IPP  
Select to enable IPP communication. Only printers that sup-  
port IPP are displayed.  
Default : Enable  
Allow Non-secure Communication  
Communication Timeout (sec)  
Select Allowed to allow the printer to communicate without  
any security measures (IPP).  
Default : Not Allowed  
Enter the timeout value for IPP printing between 0 to 3,600  
seconds.  
Default : 300  
Require PIN Code when using IPP printing  
Select whether or not to require a PIN code when using IPP  
printing. If you select Yes, IPP print jobs without PIN codes  
are not saved in the printer.  
Default : No  
URL(Network)  
Printer Name  
Displays IPP URLs (http and https) when the printer is con-  
nected to the network. The URL is a combined value of the  
printer’s IP address, Port number, and IPP printer name.  
Displays the IPP printer name.  
Default : ipp/print  
Location  
Displays the IPP location.  
FTP Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Enable FTP Server  
Select to enable FTP printing. Only printers that support FTP  
printing are displayed.  
Default : Disable  
Communication Timeout (sec)  
Enter the timeout value for FTP communication between 0  
to 3,600 seconds. If you do not want to timeout, enter 0.  
Default : 120  
SNMPv1/v2c Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Enable SNMPv1/v2c  
Select to enable SNMPv1/v2c.  
Default : Enable  
Access Authority  
Set the access authority when SNMPv1/v2c is enabled. Se-  
lect Read Only or Read/Write.  
Default : Read/Write  
Community Name (Read Only)  
Community Name (Read/Write)  
Enter 0 to 32 ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
Default : public  
Enter 0 to 32 ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
260  
>
>
SNMPv3 Settings  
Items  
Setting value and Description  
Enable SNMPv3  
SNMPv3 is enabled when the box is checked.  
Default : Disable  
User Name  
Enter between 1 and 32 characters using 1 byte characters.  
Default : admin  
Authentication Settings  
Algorithm  
Select an algorithm for an authentication for SNMPv3.  
Default : MD5  
Password  
Enter the password for an authentication for SNMPv3.  
Enter between 8 and 32 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). If  
you do not specify this, leave it blank.  
Confirm Password  
Encryption Settings  
Algorithm  
Enter the password you configured for confirmation.  
Select an algorithm for an encryption for SNMPv3.  
Default : DES  
Password  
Enter the password for an encryption for SNMPv3.  
Enter between 8 and 32 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). If  
you do not specify this, leave it blank.  
Confirm Password  
Context Name  
Enter the password you configured for confirmation.  
Enter within 32 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8). If you  
do not specify this, leave it blank. The number of characters  
that can be entered varies depending on the language.  
Default : EPSON  
Related Information  
Using a Digital Certificate  
About Digital Certification  
CA-signed Certificate  
is is a certificate signed by the CA (Certificate Authority.) You can obtain it to apply to the Certificate  
Authority. is certificate certifies the existence of the printer is and used for SSL/TLS communication so that  
you can ensure the safety of data communication.  
When it is used for SSL/TLS communication, it is used as a server certificate.  
When it is set to IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1x communication, it is used as a client certificate.  
261  
   
>
>
CA Certificate  
is is a certificate that is in chain of the CA-signed Certificate, also called the intermediate CA certificate. It is  
used by the web browser to validate the path of the printer's certificate when accessing the server of the other  
party or Web Config.  
For the CA Certificate, set when to validate the path of server certificate accessing from the printer. For the  
printer, set to certify the path of the CA-signed Certificate for SSL/TLS connection.  
You can obtain the CA certificate of the printer from the Certification Authority where the CA certificate is  
issued.  
Also, you can obtain the CA certificate used to validate the server of the other party from the Certification  
Authority that issued the CA-signed Certificate of the other server.  
Self-signed Certificate  
is is a certificate that the printer signs and issues itself. It is also called the root certificate. Because the issuer  
certifies itself, it is not reliable and cannot prevent impersonation.  
Use it when making the security setting and performing simple SSL/TLS communication without the CA-  
signed Certificate.  
If you use this certificate for an SSL/TLS communication, a security alert may be displayed on a web browser  
because the certificate is not registered on a web browser. You can use the Self-signed Certificate only for an  
SSL/TLS communication.  
Related Information  
Configuring a CA-signed Certificate  
Obtaining a CA-signed Certificate  
To obtain a CA-signed certificate, create a CSR (Certificate Signing Request) and apply it to certificate authority.  
You can create a CSR using Web Config and a computer.  
Follow the steps to create a CSR and obtain a CA-signed certificate using Web Config. When creating a CSR using  
Web Config, a certificate is the PEM/DER format.  
1.  
Access Web Config, and then select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certificate or IPsec/IP  
Filtering > Client Certificate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.  
Whatever you choose, you can obtain the same certificate and use it in common.  
2.  
3.  
Click Generate of CSR.  
A CSR creating page is opened.  
Enter a value for each item.  
Note:  
Available key length and abbreviations vary by a certificate authority. Create a request according to rules of each  
certificate authority.  
262  
   
>
>
4.  
Click OK.  
A completion message is displayed.  
5.  
6.  
Select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certificate, or IPsec/IP Filtering > Client  
Certificate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.  
Click one of the download buttons of CSR according to a specified format by each certificate authority to  
download a CSR to a computer.  
cImportant:  
Do not generate a CSR again. If you do so, you may not be able to import an issued CA-signed Certificate.  
7.  
8.  
Send the CSR to a certificate authority and obtain a CA-signed Certificate.  
Follow the rules of each certificate authority on sending method and form.  
Save the issued CA-signed Certificate to a computer connected to the printer.  
Obtaining a CA-signed Certificate is complete when you save a certificate to a destination.  
Related Information  
CSR Setting Items  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Key Length  
Select a key length for a CSR.  
Common Name  
You can enter between 1 and 128 characters. If this is an IP address, it should be a  
static IP address. You can enter 1 to 5 IPv4 addresses, IPv6 addresses, host names,  
FQDNs by separating them with commas.  
The first element is stored to the common name, and other elements are stored to  
the alias field of the certificate subject.  
Example:  
Printer's IP address : 192.0.2.123, Printer name : EPSONA1B2C3  
Common Name : EPSONA1B2C3,EPSONA1B2C3.local,192.0.2.123  
Organization/ Organizational Unit/  
Locality/ State/Province  
You can enter between 0 and 64 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). You can divide  
distinguished names with commas.  
Country  
Enter a country code in two-digit number specified by ISO-3166.  
Sender's Email Address  
You can enter the sender's email address for the mail server setting. Enter the  
same email address as the Sender's Email Address for the Network tab > Email  
Server > Basic.  
Related Information  
263  
>
>
Importing a CA-signed Certificate  
Import the obtained CA-signed Certificate to the printer.  
cImportant:  
Make sure that the printer’s date and time is set correctly. Certificate may be invalid.  
If you obtain a certificate using a CSR created from Web Config, you can import a certificate one time.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certificate, or IPsec/IP  
Filtering > Client Certificate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.  
Click Import  
A certificate importing page is opened.  
3.  
Enter a value for each item. Set CA Certificate 1 and CA Certificate 2 when verifying the path of the  
certificate on the web browser that accesses the printer.  
Depending on where you create a CSR and the file format of the certificate, required settings may vary. Enter  
values to required items according to the following.  
A certificate of the PEM/DER format obtained from Web Config  
Private Key: Do not configure because the printer contains a private key.  
Password: Do not configure.  
CA Certificate 1/CA Certificate 2: Optional  
A certificate of the PEM/DER format obtained from a computer  
Private Key: You need to set.  
Password: Do not configure.  
CA Certificate 1/CA Certificate 2: Optional  
A certificate of the PKCS#12 format obtained from a computer  
Private Key: Do not configure.  
Password: Optional  
CA Certificate 1/CA Certificate 2: Do not configure.  
4.  
Click OK.  
A completion message is displayed.  
Note:  
Click Confirm to verify the certificate information.  
Related Information  
264  
 
>
>
CA-signed Certificate Importing Setting Items  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Server Certificate or Client Certificate  
Select a certificate’s format.  
For SSL/TLS connection, the Server Certificate is displayed.  
For IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1x, the Client Certificate is displayed.  
Private Key  
Password  
If you obtain a certificate of the PEM/DER format by using a CSR created from a  
computer, specify a private key file that is match a certificate.  
If the file format is Certificate with Private Key (PKCS#12), enter the password  
for encrypting the private key that is set when you obtain the certificate.  
CA Certificate 1  
If your certificate’s format is Certificate (PEM/DER), import a certificate of a  
certificate authority that issues a CA-signed Certificate used as server certificate.  
Specify a file if you need.  
CA Certificate 2  
If your certificate’s format is Certificate (PEM/DER), import a certificate of a  
certificate authority that issues CA Certificate 1. Specify a file if you need.  
Related Information  
Deleting a CA-signed Certificate  
You can delete an imported certificate when the certificate has expired or when an encrypted connection is no  
longer necessary.  
cImportant:  
If you obtain a certificate using a CSR created from Web Config, you cannot import a deleted certificate again. In  
this case, create a CSR and obtain a certificate again.  
1.  
Access Web Config, and then select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certificate or IPsec/IP  
Filtering > Client Certificate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.  
2.  
3.  
Click Delete.  
Confirm that you want to delete the certificate in the message displayed.  
Related Information  
Updating a Self-signed Certificate  
Because the Self-signed Certificate is issued by the printer, you can update it when it has expired or when the  
content described changes.  
1.  
Access Web Config and select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certificate.  
265  
   
>
>
2.  
3.  
Click Update.  
Enter Common Name.  
You can enter up to 5 IPv4 addresses, IPv6 addresses, host names, FQDNs between 1 to 128 characters and  
separating them with commas. e first parameter is stored to the common name, and the others are stored to  
the alias field for the subject of the certificate.  
Example:  
Printer's IP address : 192.0.2.123, Printer name : EPSONA1B2C3  
Common name : EPSONA1B2C3,EPSONA1B2C3.local,192.0.2.123  
4.  
5.  
Specify a validity period for the certificate.  
Click Next.  
A confirmation message is displayed.  
6.  
Click OK.  
e printer is updated.  
Note:  
You can check the certificate information from Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certificate > Self-signed Certificate  
and click Confirm.  
Related Information  
Configuring a CA Certificate  
When you set the CA Certificate, you can validate the path to the CA certificate of the server that the printer  
accesses. is can prevent impersonation.  
You can obtain the CA Certificate from the Certification Authority where the CA-signed Certificate is issued.  
Importing a CA Certificate  
Import the CA Certificate to the printer.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > CA Certificate.  
Click Import.  
Specify the CA Certificate you want to import.  
Click OK.  
When importing is complete, you are returned to the CA Certificate screen, and the imported CA Certificate is  
displayed.  
266  
 
>
>
Related Information  
Deleting a CA Certificate  
You can delete the imported CA Certificate.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > CA Certificate.  
Click Delete next to the CA Certificate that you want to delete.  
Confirm that you want to delete the certificate in the message displayed.  
Click Reboot Network, and then check that the deleted CA Certificate is not listed on the updated screen.  
Related Information  
SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer  
When the server certificate is set using SSL/TLS (Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security) communication  
to the printer, you can encrypt the communication path between computers. Do this if you want to prevent remote  
and unauthorized access.  
Configuring Basic SSL/TLS Settings  
If the printer supports the HTTPS server feature, you can use an SSL/TLS communication to encrypt  
communications. You can configure and manage the printer using Web Config while ensuring security.  
Configure encryption strength and redirect feature.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Basic.  
Select a value for each item.  
Encryption Strength  
Select the level of encryption strength.  
Redirect HTTP to HTTPS  
Redirect to HTTPS when HTTP is accessed.  
3.  
4.  
Click Next.  
A confirmation message is displayed.  
Click OK.  
e printer is updated.  
267  
 
>
>
Related Information  
Configuring a Server Certificate for the Printer  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certificate.  
Specify a certificate to use on Server Certificate.  
Self-signed Certificate  
A self-signed certificate has been generated by the printer. If you do not obtain a CA-signed certificate,  
select this.  
CA-signed Certificate  
If you obtain and import a CA-signed certificate in advance, you can specify this.  
3.  
4.  
Click Next.  
A confirmation message is displayed.  
Click OK.  
e printer is updated.  
Related Information  
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering  
About IPsec/IP Filtering  
You can filter traffic based on IP addresses, services, and port by using IPsec/IP Filtering function. By combining of  
the filtering, you can configure the printer to accept or block specified clients and specified data. Additionally, you  
can improve security level by using an IPsec.  
Note:  
Computers that run Windows Vista or later or Windows Server 2008 or later support IPsec.  
Configuring Default Policy  
To lter traffic, configure the default policy. e default policy applies to every user or group connecting to the  
printer. For more fine-grained control over users and groups of users, configure group policies.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic.  
Enter a value for each item.  
268  
     
>
>
3.  
4.  
Click Next.  
A confirmation message is displayed.  
Click OK.  
e printer is updated.  
Related Information  
Default Policy Setting Items  
Default Policy  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
IPsec/IP Filtering  
You can enable or disable an IPsec/IP Filtering feature.  
Access Control  
Configure a control method for traffic of IP packets.  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Permit Access  
Refuse Access  
IPsec  
Select this to permit configured IP packets to pass through.  
Select this to refuse configured IP packets to pass through.  
Select this to permit configured IPsec packets to pass through.  
269  
>
>
IKE Version  
Select IKEv1 or IKEv2 for IKE Version. Select one of them according to the device that the printer is connected  
to.  
IKEv1  
e following items are displayed when you select IKEv1 for IKE Version.  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Authentication Method  
Pre-Shared Key  
To select Certificate, you need to obtain and import a CA-signed certificate in advance.  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared key  
between 1 and 127 characters.  
Confirm Pre-Shared Key  
Enter the key you configured for confirmation.  
IKEv2  
e following items are displayed when you select IKEv2 for IKE Version.  
Items  
Local  
Settings and Explanation  
Authentication Method  
To select Certificate, you need to obtain and import a CA-signed certificate in  
advance.  
ID Type  
ID  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of  
ID for the printer.  
Enter the printer's ID that matches the type of ID.  
You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the first character.  
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
You need to include "=".  
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.  
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,  
0-9, "-", and period (.).  
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You  
need to include "@".  
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
Pre-Shared Key  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared  
key between 1 and 127 characters.  
Confirm Pre-Shared  
Key  
Enter the key you configured for confirmation.  
270  
>
>
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Remote  
Authentication Method  
To select Certificate, you need to obtain and import a CA-signed certificate in  
advance.  
ID Type  
ID  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of  
ID for the device that you want to authenticate.  
Enter the printer's ID that matches to the type of ID.  
You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the first character.  
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
You need to include "=".  
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.  
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,  
0-9, "-", and period (.).  
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You  
need to include "@".  
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
Pre-Shared Key  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared  
key between 1 and 127 characters.  
Confirm Pre-Shared  
Key  
Enter the key you configured for confirmation.  
Encapsulation  
If you select IPsec for Access Control, you need to configure an encapsulation mode.  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Transport Mode  
If you only use the printer on the same LAN, select this. IP packets of layer 4 or later are  
encrypted.  
Tunnel Mode  
If you use the printer on the Internet-capable network such as IPsec-VPN, select this  
option. The header and data of the IP packets are encrypted.  
Remote Gateway(Tunnel Mode): If you select Tunnel Mode for Encapsulation, enter a  
gateway address between 1 and 39 characters.  
Security Protocol  
If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option.  
Items  
ESP  
Settings and Explanation  
Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data, and encrypt data.  
AH  
Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data. Even if encrypting data is  
prohibited, you can use IPsec.  
271  
>
>
Algorithm Settings  
It is recommended that you select Any for all settings or select an item other than Any for each setting. If you  
select Any for some of the settings and select an item other than Any for the other settings, the device may not  
communicate depending on the other device that you want to authenticate.  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
IKE  
Encryption  
Select the encryption algorithm for IKE.  
The items vary depending on the version of IKE.  
Authentication  
Key Exchange  
Select the authentication algorithm for IKE.  
Select the key exchange algorithm for IKE.  
The items vary depending on the version of IKE.  
ESP  
AH  
Encryption  
Select the encryption algorithm for ESP.  
This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.  
Authentication  
Authentication  
Select the authentication algorithm for ESP.  
This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.  
Select the encryption algorithm for AH.  
This is available when AH is selected for Security Protocol.  
Related Information  
Configuring Group Policy  
A group policy is one or more rules applied to a user or user group. e printer controls IP packets that match with  
configured policies. IP packets are authenticated in the order of a group policy 1 to 10 then a default policy.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic.  
Click a numbered tab you want to configure.  
Enter a value for each item.  
Click Next.  
A confirmation message is displayed.  
5.  
Click OK.  
e printer is updated.  
Related Information  
272  
 
>
>
Group Policy Setting Items  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
You can enable or disable a group policy.  
Enable this Group Policy  
Access Control  
Configure a control method for traffic of IP packets.  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Permit Access  
Refuse Access  
IPsec  
Select this to permit configured IP packets to pass through.  
Select this to refuse configured IP packets to pass through.  
Select this to permit configured IPsec packets to pass through.  
Local Address(Printer)  
Select an IPv4 address or IPv6 address that matches your network environment. If an IP address is assigned  
automatically, you can select Use auto-obtained IPv4 address.  
Note:  
If an IPv6 address is assigned automatically, the connection may be unavailable. Configure a static IPv6 address.  
Remote Address(Host)  
Enter a device's IP address to control access. e IP address must be 43 characters or less. If you do not enter an IP  
address, all addresses are controlled.  
Note:  
If an IP address is assigned automatically (e.g. assigned by DHCP), the connection may be unavailable. Configure a static IP  
address.  
Method of Choosing Port  
Select a method to specify ports.  
Service Name  
If you select Service Name for Method of Choosing Port, select an option.  
Transport Protocol  
If you select Port Number for Method of Choosing Port, you need to configure an encapsulation mode.  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Any Protocol  
TCP  
Select this to control all protocol types.  
Select this to control data for unicast.  
Select this to control data for broadcast and multicast.  
Select this to control ping command.  
UDP  
ICMPv4  
273  
>
>
Local Port  
If you select Port Number for Method of Choosing Port and if you select TCP or UDP for Transport  
Protocol, enter port numbers to control receiving packets, separating them with commas. You can enter 10 port  
numbers at the maximum.  
Example: 20,80,119,5220  
If you do not enter a port number, all ports are controlled.  
Remote Port  
If you select Port Number for Method of Choosing Port and if you select TCP or UDP for Transport  
Protocol, enter port numbers to control sending packets, separating them with commas. You can enter 10 port  
numbers at the maximum.  
Example: 25,80,143,5220  
If you do not enter a port number, all ports are controlled.  
IKE Version  
Select IKEv1 or IKEv2 for IKE Version. Select one of them according to the device that the printer is connected to.  
IKEv1  
e following items are displayed when you select IKEv1 for IKE Version.  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Authentication Method  
If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option. Used certificate is common with a  
default policy.  
Pre-Shared Key  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared key  
between 1 and 127 characters.  
Confirm Pre-Shared Key  
Enter the key you configured for confirmation.  
274  
>
>
IKEv2  
e following items are displayed when you select IKEv2 for IKE Version.  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Local  
Authentication Method  
If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option. Used certificate is  
common with a default policy.  
ID Type  
ID  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of  
ID for the printer.  
Enter the printer's ID that matches the type of ID.  
You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the first character.  
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
You need to include "=".  
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.  
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,  
0-9, "-", and period (.).  
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You  
need to include "@".  
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
Pre-Shared Key  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared  
key between 1 and 127 characters.  
Confirm Pre-Shared  
Key  
Enter the key you configured for confirmation.  
Remote  
Authentication Method  
If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option. Used certificate is  
common with a default policy.  
ID Type  
ID  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of  
ID for the device that you want to authenticate.  
Enter the printer's ID that matches to the type of ID.  
You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the first character.  
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
You need to include "=".  
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.  
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,  
0-9, "-", and period (.).  
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You  
need to include "@".  
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
Pre-Shared Key  
If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared  
key between 1 and 127 characters.  
Confirm Pre-Shared  
Key  
Enter the key you configured for confirmation.  
Encapsulation  
If you select IPsec for Access Control, you need to configure an encapsulation mode.  
275  
>
>
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Transport Mode  
If you only use the printer on the same LAN, select this. IP packets of layer 4 or later are  
encrypted.  
Tunnel Mode  
If you use the printer on the Internet-capable network such as IPsec-VPN, select this  
option. The header and data of the IP packets are encrypted.  
Remote Gateway(Tunnel Mode): If you select Tunnel Mode for Encapsulation, enter a  
gateway address between 1 and 39 characters.  
Security Protocol  
If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option.  
Items  
ESP  
Settings and Explanation  
Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data, and encrypt data.  
AH  
Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data. Even if encrypting data is  
prohibited, you can use IPsec.  
Algorithm Settings  
It is recommended that you select Any for all settings or select an item other than Any for each setting. If you  
select Any for some of the settings and select an item other than Any for the other settings, the device may not  
communicate depending on the other device that you want to authenticate.  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
IKE  
Encryption  
Select the encryption algorithm for IKE.  
The items vary depending on the version of IKE.  
Authentication  
Key Exchange  
Select the authentication algorithm for IKE.  
Select the key exchange algorithm for IKE.  
The items vary depending on the version of IKE.  
ESP  
AH  
Encryption  
Select the encryption algorithm for ESP.  
This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.  
Authentication  
Authentication  
Select the authentication algorithm for ESP.  
This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.  
Select the encryption algorithm for AH.  
This is available when AH is selected for Security Protocol.  
Related Information  
276  
>
>
Combination of Local Address(Printer) and Remote Address(Host) on Group Policy  
Setting of Local Address(Printer)  
IPv6*2  
Any addresses*3  
IPv4  
IPv4*1  
Setting of Remote  
Address(Host)  
IPv6*1*2  
Blank  
*1 : If IPsec is selected for Access Control, you cannot specify in a prefix length.  
*2 : If IPsec is selected for Access Control, you can select a link-local address (fe80::) but group policy will be disabled.  
*3 : Except IPv6 link local addresses.  
References of Service Name on Group Policy  
Note:  
Unavailable services are displayed but cannot be selected.  
Service Name  
Protocol type  
Local port  
number  
Remote port  
number  
Features controlled  
Any  
All services  
ENPC  
UDP  
3289  
161  
Any port  
Any port  
Searching for a printer from  
applications such as Epson Device  
Admin, and the printer driver  
SNMP  
UDP  
Acquiring and configuring of MIB from  
applications such as Epson Device  
Admin, and the printer driver  
LPR  
TCP  
TCP  
TCP  
TCP  
UDP  
TCP  
515  
Any port  
Any port  
Any port  
5357  
Forwarding LPR data  
RAW (Port9100)  
IPP/IPPS  
9100  
631  
Forwarding RAW data  
Forwarding data of IPP/IPPS printing  
Controlling WSD  
WSD  
Any port  
3702  
20  
WS-Discovery  
FTP Data (Local)  
Any port  
Any port  
Searching for a printer from WSD  
FTP server (forwarding data of FTP  
printing)  
FTP Control  
(Local)  
TCP  
21  
Any port  
FTP server (controlling FTP printing)  
HTTP (Local)  
TCP  
TCP  
TCP  
TCP  
80  
Any port  
Any port  
80  
HTTP(S) server (forwarding data of  
Web Config and WSD)  
HTTPS (Local)  
HTTP (Remote)  
HTTPS (Remote)  
443  
Any port  
Any port  
HTTP(S) client (communicating  
between Epson Connect, firmware  
updating and root certificate  
updating)  
443  
277  
   
>
>
Configuration Examples of IPsec/IP Filtering  
Receiving IPsec packets only  
is example is to configure a default policy only.  
Default Policy:  
IPsec/IP Filtering: Enable  
Access Control: IPsec  
Authentication Method: Pre-Shared Key  
Pre-Shared Key: Enter up to 127 characters.  
Group Policy: Do not configure.  
Receiving printing data and printer settings  
is example allows communications of printing data and printer configuration from specified services.  
Default Policy:  
IPsec/IP Filtering: Enable  
Access Control: Refuse Access  
Group Policy:  
Enable this Group Policy: Check the box.  
Access Control: Permit Access  
Remote Address(Host): IP address of a client  
Method of Choosing Port: Service Name  
Service Name: Check the box of ENPC, SNMP, HTTP (Local), HTTPS (Local) and RAW (Port9100).  
Note:  
To avoid receiving HTTP (Local) and HTTPS (Local), clear their checkboxes in Group Policy. When doing so, disable  
IPsec/IP filtering from the printer's control panel temporarily to change the printer settings.  
Receiving access from a specified IP address only  
is example allows a specified IP address to access the printer.  
Default Policy:  
IPsec/IP Filtering: Enable  
Access Control:Refuse Access  
Group Policy:  
Enable this Group Policy: Check the box.  
Access Control: Permit Access  
Remote Address(Host): IP address of an administrator’s client  
Note:  
Regardless of policy configuration, the client will be able to access and configure the printer.  
278  
>
>
Configuring a Certificate for IPsec/IP Filtering  
Configure the Client Certificate for IPsec/IP Filtering. When you set it, you can use the certificate as an  
authentication method for IPsec/IP Filtering. If you want to configure the certification authority, go to CA  
Certificate.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Client Certificate.  
Import the certificate in Client Certificate.  
If you have already imported a certificate published by a Certification Authority, you can copy the certificate  
and use it in IPsec/IP Filtering. To copy, select the certificate from Copy From, and then click Copy.  
Related Information  
Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X Network  
Configuring an IEEE802.1X Network  
When you set IEEE802.1X to the printer, you can use it on the network connected to a RADIUS server, a LAN  
switch with authentication function, or an access point.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IEEE802.1X > Basic.  
Enter a value for each item.  
Click Next.  
A confirmation message is displayed.  
4.  
Click OK.  
e printer is updated.  
Related Information  
IEEE802.1X Network Setting Items  
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
IEEE802.1X (Wired LAN)  
You can enable or disable settings of the page (IEEE802.1X > Basic) for IEEE802.1X (Wired  
LAN).  
279  
   
>
>
Items  
Settings and Explanation  
Select an option for an authentication method between the printer and a RADIUS server.  
EAP Type  
EAP-TLS  
You need to obtain and import a CA-signed certificate.  
PEAP-TLS  
EAP-TTLS  
You need to configure a password.  
PEAP/MSCHAPv2  
User ID  
Configure an ID to use for an authentication of a RADIUS server.  
Enter 1 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
Password  
Configure a password to authenticate the printer.  
Enter 1 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. If you are using a Windows server as a  
RADIUS server, you can enter up to 127 characters.  
Confirm Password  
Server ID  
Enter the password you configured for confirmation.  
You can configure a server ID to authenticate with a specified RADIUS server. Authenticator  
verifies whether a server ID is contained in the subject/subjectAltName field of a server  
certificate that is sent from a RADIUS server or not.  
Enter 0 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
Certificate Validation  
Anonymous Name  
You can set certificate validation regardless of the authentication method. Import the  
certificate in CA Certificate.  
If you select PEAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS or PEAP/MSCHAPv2 for EAP Type, you can configure an  
anonymous name instead of a user ID for a phase 1 of a PEAP authentication.  
Enter 0 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.  
You can select one of the followings.  
Encryption Strength  
High  
AES256/3DES  
Middle  
AES256/3DES/AES128/RC4  
Related Information  
Configuring a Certificate for IEEE802.1X  
Configure the Client Certificate for IEEE802.1X. When you set it, you can use EAP-TLS and PEAP-TLS as an  
authentication method of IEEE802.1x. If you want to configure the certification authority certificate, go to CA  
Certificate.  
1.  
2.  
Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.  
Enter a certificate in the Client Certificate.  
If you have already imported a certificate published by a Certification Authority, you can copy the certificate  
and use it in IEEE802.1X. To copy, select the certificate from Copy From, and then click Copy.  
280  
>
>
Related Information  
Checking IEEE802.1X Network Status  
You can check the IEEE802.1X status by printing a network status sheet.  
Status ID  
IEEE802.1X Status  
Disable  
IEEE802.1X feature is disable.  
EAP Success  
IEEE802.1X authentication has succeeded and network connection is available.  
IEEE802.1X authentication has not been completed.  
Authentication has failed since the user ID has not been set.  
Authentication has failed since the client certificate is out of date.  
Authenticating  
Config Error  
Client Certificate Error  
Timeout Error  
Authentication has failed since there is no answer from the RADIUS server and/or  
authenticator.  
User ID Error  
Authentication has failed since the printer's user ID and/or certificate protocol is  
incorrect.  
Server ID Error  
Authentication has failed since the server ID of the server certificate and the  
server's ID do not match.  
Server Certificate Error  
Authentication has failed since there are the following errors in the server  
certificate.  
The server certificate is out of date.  
The chain of the server certificate is incorrect.  
CA Certificate Error  
Authentication has failed since there are the following errors in a CA certificate.  
Specified CA certificate is incorrect.  
The correct CA certificate is not imported.  
CA certificate is out of date.  
EAP Failure  
Authentication has failed since there are the following errors in the printer  
settings.  
If EAP Type is EAP-TLS or PEAP-TLS, client certificate is incorrect or has  
certain problems.  
If EAP Type is EAP-TTLS or PEAP/MSCHAPv2, user ID or password is not  
correct.  
Related Information  
281  
>
>
Solving Problems for Advanced Security  
Restoring the Security Settings  
When you establish a highly secure environment such as IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1X, you may not be able to  
communicate with devices because of incorrect settings or trouble with the device or server. In this case, restore  
the security settings in order to make settings for the device again or to allow you temporary use.  
Disabling the Security Function Using the Control Panel  
You can disable IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1X using the printer's control panel.  
1.  
2.  
3.  
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings.  
Select Advanced.  
Select from the following items that you want to disable.  
Disable IPsec/IP Filtering  
Disable IEEE802.1X  
4.  
Select Proceed on the confirmation screen.  
Problems Using Network Security Features  
Forgot a Pre–shared Key  
Re-configure a pre-shared key.  
To change the key, access Web Config and select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic > Default  
Policy or Group Policy.  
When you change the pre-shared key, configure the pre-shared key for computers.  
Related Information  
Cannot Communicate with IPsec Communication  
Specify the algorithm that the printer or the computer does not support.  
e printer supports the following algorithms. Check the settings of the computer.  
282  
 
>
>
Security Methods  
Algorithms  
IKE encryption algorithm  
AES-CBC-128, AES-CBC-192, AES-CBC-256, AES-GCM-128*, AES-GCM-192*,  
AES-GCM-256*, 3DES  
IKE authentication algorithm  
IKE key exchange algorithm  
SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, MD5  
DH Group1, DH Group2, DH Group5, DH Group14, DH Group15, DH  
Group16, DH Group17, DH Group18, DH Group19, DH Group20, DH  
Group21, DH Group22, DH Group23, DH Group24, DH Group25, DH  
Group26, DH Group27*, DH Group28*, DH Group29*, DH Group30*  
ESP encryption algorithm  
AES-CBC-128, AES-CBC-192, AES-CBC-256, AES-GCM-128, AES-GCM-192,  
AES-GCM-256, 3DES  
ESP authentication algorithm  
AH authentication algorithm  
SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, MD5  
SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, MD5  
*available for IKEv2 only  
Related Information  
Cannot Communicate Suddenly  
The IP address of the printer has been changed or cannot be used.  
When the IP address registered to the local address on Group Policy has been changed or cannot be used, IPsec  
communication cannot be performed. Disable IPsec using the printer's control panel.  
If the DHCP is out of date, rebooting or the IPv6 address is out of date or has not been obtained, then the IP  
address registered for the printer's Web Config (Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic > Group  
Policy > Local Address(Printer)) may not be found.  
Use a static IP address.  
The IP address of the computer has been changed or cannot be used.  
When the IP address registered to the remote address on Group Policy has been changed or cannot be used, IPsec  
communication cannot be performed.  
Disable IPsec using the printer's control panel.  
If the DHCP is out of date, rebooting or the IPv6 address is out of date or has not been obtained, then the IP  
address registered for the printer's Web Config (Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic > Group  
Policy > Remote Address(Host)) may not be found.  
Use a static IP address.  
Related Information  
283  
>
>
Cannot Create the Secure IPP Printing Port  
The correct certificate is not specified as the server certificate for SSL/TLS communication.  
If the specified certificate is not correct, creating a port may fail. Make sure you are using the correct certificate.  
The CA certificate is not imported to the computer accessing the printer.  
If a CA certificate is not imported to the computer, creating a port may fail. Make sure a CA certificate is imported.  
Related Information  
Cannot Connect After Configuring IPsec/IP Filtering  
The settings of IPsec/IP Filtering are incorrect.  
Disable IPsec/IP filtering from the printers control panel. Connect the printer and computer and make the  
IPsec/IP Filtering settings again.  
Related Information  
Cannot Access the Printer after Configuring IEEE802.1X  
The settings of IEEE802.1X are incorrect.  
Disable IEEE802.1X from the printers control panel. Connect the printer and a computer, and then configure  
IEEE802.1X again.  
Related Information  
Problems on Using a Digital Certificate  
Cannot Import a CA-signed Certificate  
CA-signed Certificate and the information on the CSR do not match.  
If the CA-signed Certificate and CSR do not have the same information, the CSR cannot be imported. Check the  
following:  
Are you trying to import the certificate to a device that does not have the same information?  
Check the information of the CSR and then import the certificate to a device that has the same information.  
Did you overwrite the CSR saved into the printer aſter sending the CSR to a certificate authority?  
Obtain the CA-signed certificate again with the CSR.  
284  
>
>
CA-signed Certificate is more than 5KB.  
You cannot import a CA-signed Certificate that is more than 5KB.  
The password for importing the certificate is incorrect.  
Enter the correct password. If you forget the password, you cannot import the certificate. Re-obtain the CA-signed  
Certificate.  
Related Information  
Cannot Update a Self-Signed Certificate  
The Common Name has not been entered.  
Common Name must be entered.  
Unsupported characters have been entered to Common Name.  
Enter between 1 and 128 characters of either IPv4, IPv6, host name, or FQDN format in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).  
A comma or space is included in the common name.  
If a comma is entered, the Common Name is divided at that point. If only a space is entered before or aſter a  
comma, an error occurs.  
Related Information  
Cannot Create a CSR  
The Common Name has not been entered.  
e Common Name must be entered.  
Unsupported characters have been entered to Common Name, Organization, Organizational Unit,  
Locality, and State/Province.  
Enter characters of either IPv4, IPv6, host name, or FQDN format in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).  
A comma or space is included in the Common Name.  
If a comma is entered, the Common Name is divided at that point. If only a space is entered before or aſter a  
comma, an error occurs.  
Related Information  
285  
>
>
Warning Relating to a Digital Certificate Appears  
Messages  
Cause/What to do  
Enter a Server Certificate.  
CA Certificate 1 is not entered.  
Invalid value below.  
Cause:  
You have not selected a file to import.  
What to do:  
Select a file and click Import.  
Cause:  
CA certificate 1 is not entered and only CA certificate 2 is entered.  
What to do:  
Import CA certificate 1 first.  
Cause:  
Unsupported characters are contained in the file path and/or password.  
What to do:  
Make sure that the characters are entered correctly for the item.  
Invalid date and time.  
Cause:  
Date and time for the printer have not been set.  
What to do:  
Set date and time using Web Config, EpsonNet Config or the printer's control  
panel.  
Invalid password.  
Invalid file.  
Cause:  
The password set for CA certificate and entered password do not match.  
What to do:  
Enter the correct password.  
Cause:  
You are not importing a certificate file in X509 format.  
What to do:  
Make sure that you are selecting the correct certificate sent by a trusted certificate  
authority.  
Cause:  
The file you have imported is too large. The maximum file size is 5KB.  
What to do:  
If you select the correct file, the certificate might be corrupted or fabricated.  
Cause:  
The chain contained in the certificate is invalid.  
What to do:  
For more information on the certificate, see the website of the certificate  
authority.  
286  
>
>
Messages  
Cause/What to do  
Cannot use the Server Certificates that  
include more than three CA  
certificates.  
Cause:  
The certificate file in PKCS#12 format contains more than 3 CA certificates.  
What to do:  
Import each certificate as converting from PKCS#12 format to PEM format, or  
import the certificate file in PKCS#12 format that contains up to 2 CA certificates.  
The certificate has expired. Check if the  
certificate is valid, or check the date  
and time on your printer.  
Cause:  
The certificate is out of date.  
What to do:  
If the certificate is out of date, obtain and import the new certificate.  
If the certificate is not out of date, make sure the printer's date and time are set  
correctly.  
Private key is required.  
Cause:  
There is no paired private key with the certificate.  
What to do:  
If the certificate is the PEM/DER format and it is obtained from a CSR using a  
computer, specify the private key file.  
If the certificate is the PKCS#12 format and it is obtained from a CSR using a  
computer, create a file that contains the private key.  
Cause:  
You have re-imported the PEM/DER certificate obtained from a CSR using Web  
Config.  
What to do:  
If the certificate is the PEM/DER format and it is obtained from a CSR using Web  
Config, you can only import it once.  
Setup failed.  
Cause:  
Cannot finish the configuration because the communication between the printer  
and computer failed or the file cannot be read by some errors.  
What to do:  
After checking the specified file and communication, import the file again.  
Related Information  
Delete a CA-signed Certificate by Mistake  
There is no backup file for the CA-signed certificate.  
If you have the backup file, import the certificate again.  
If you obtain a certificate using a CSR created from Web Config, you cannot import a deleted certificate again.  
Create a CSR and obtain a new certificate.  
287  
>
Related Information  
Epson Remote Services Information  
Epson Remote Services is a service that periodically collects printer information over the Internet. is can be used  
to predict when consumables and replacement parts need to be replaced or replenished, and to quickly resolve any  
errors or problems.  
Contact your sales representative for more information about Epson Remote Services.  
288  
 
>
>
Technical Support Web Site  
If you need further help, visit the Epson support website shown below. Select your country or region and go to the  
support section of your local Epson website. e latest drivers, FAQs, manuals, or other downloadables are also  
available from the site.  
If your Epson product is not operating properly and you cannot solve the problem, contact Epson support services  
for assistance.  
Contacting Epson Support  
Before Contacting Epson  
If your Epson product is not operating properly and you cannot solve the problem using the troubleshooting  
information in your product manuals, contact Epson support services for assistance.  
e following Epson support list is based on the country of sale. Some products may not be sold in your current  
location, so be sure to contact Epson support for the area in which you purchased your product.  
If Epson support for your area is not listed below, contact the dealer where you purchased your product.  
Epson support will be able to help you much more quickly if you give them the following information:  
Product serial number  
(e serial number label is on the front of the printer and can be viewed when you open the paper tray.)  
Product model  
Product soſtware version  
(Click About, Version Info, or a similar button in the product soſtware.)  
Brand and model of your computer  
Your computer operating system name and version  
Names and versions of the soſtware applications you normally use with your product  
Note:  
Depending on the product, network settings may be stored in the product's memory. Due to breakdown or repair of a  
product, settings may be lost. Epson shall not be responsible for the loss of any data, for backing up or recovering settings  
even during a warranty period. We recommend that you make your own backup data or take notes.  
Help for Users in Taiwan  
Contacts for information, support, and services are:  
World Wide Web  
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, and products enquiry are available.  
290  
       
>
>
Epson HelpDesk  
Phone: +886-2-80242008  
Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following over the phone:  
Sales enquiries and product information  
Product usage questions or problems  
Enquiries on repair service and warranty  
Repair service center:  
TekCare corporation is an authorized service center for Epson Taiwan Technology & Trading Ltd.  
Help for Users in Singapore  
Sources of information, support, and services available from Epson Singapore are:  
World Wide Web  
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries,  
and Technical Support via e-mail are available.  
Epson HelpDesk  
Toll Free: 800-120-5564  
Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following over the phone:  
Sales enquiries and product information  
Product usage questions or problem troubleshooting  
Enquiries on repair service and warranty  
Help for Users in Thailand  
Contacts for information, support, and services are:  
World Wide Web  
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and e-mail are  
available.  
Epson Call Centre  
Phone: 66-2685-9899  
Our Call Centre team can help you with the following over the phone:  
Sales enquiries and product information  
291  
   
>
>
Product usage questions or problems  
Enquiries on repair service and warranty  
Help for Users in Indonesia  
Contacts for information, support, and services are:  
World Wide Web  
Information on product specifications, drivers for download  
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail  
Epson Hotline  
Phone: +62-1500-766  
Fax: +62-21-808-66-799  
Our Hotline team can help you with the following over the phone or fax:  
Sales enquiries and product information  
Technical support  
Epson Service Center  
Province  
Company Name  
Address  
Phone  
E-mail  
JAKARTA  
Epson Sales and  
Service Jakarta  
(SUDIRMAN)  
Wisma Keiai Lt. 1 Jl. Jenderal Sudirman Kav.  
3 Jakarta Pusat - DKI JAKARTA 10220  
021-5724335  
ess.support@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
SERPONG  
SEMARANG  
JAKARTA  
Epson Sales and  
Service Serpong  
Ruko Melati Mas Square Blok A2 No.17  
Serpong-Banten  
082120090084 / 082120090085  
esstag.support@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
Epson Sales and  
Service Semarang  
Komplek Ruko Metro Plaza Block C20 Jl. MT  
Haryono No. 970 Semarang -JAWA TENGAH  
024 8313807 / 024 8417935  
esssmg.support@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
Epson Sales and  
Service Jakarta  
(MANGGA DUA)  
Ruko Mall Mangga Dua No. 48 Jl. Arteri  
Mangga Dua, Jakarta Utara - DKI JAKARTA  
021 623 01104  
jkt-technical1@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; jkt-admin@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
BANDUNG  
Epson Sales and  
Service Bandung  
Jl. Cihampelas No. 48 A Bandung Jawa  
Barat 40116  
022 420 7033  
bdg-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; bdg-  
292  
 
>
>
Province  
Company Name  
Address  
Phone  
E-mail  
MAKASSAR  
Epson Sales and  
Service Makassar  
Jl. Cendrawasih NO. 3A, kunjung mae,  
mariso, MAKASSAR - SULSEL 90125  
0411- 8911071  
mksr-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; mksr-  
MEDAN  
Epson Service  
Center Medan  
Jl. Bambu 2 Komplek Graha Niaga Nomor  
A-4, Medan - SUMUT  
061- 42066090 / 42066091  
mdn-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; mdn-adm@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
PALEMBANG  
PEKANBARU  
PONTIANAK  
SAMARINDA  
SURABAYA  
YOGYAKARTA  
JEMBER  
Epson Service  
Center Palembang  
Jl. H.M Rasyid Nawawi No. 249 Kelurahan 9  
Ilir Palembang Sumatera Selatan  
0711 311 330  
escplg.support@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
Epson Service  
Center PekanBaru  
Jl. Tuanku Tambusai No. 459 A Kel.  
Tangkerang barat Kec Marpoyan damai  
Pekanbaru - Riau 28282  
0761- 8524695  
pkb-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; pkb-  
Epson Service  
Center Pontianak  
Komp. A yani Sentra Bisnis G33, Jl. Ahmad  
Yani - Pontianak Kalimantan Barat  
0561- 735507 / 767049  
pontianak-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; pontianak-  
Epson Service  
Center Samarinda  
Jl. KH. Wahid Hasyim (M. Yamin) Kelurahan  
Sempaja Selatan Kecamatan Samarinda  
UTARA - SAMARINDA - KALTIM  
0541 7272 904  
escsmd.support@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
Epson Sales &  
Service Surabaya  
(barat)  
Jl. Haji Abdul Wahab Saimin, Ruko Villa  
Bukit Mas RM-11, Kec. Dukuh Pakis,  
Surabaya - 60225  
031- 5120994  
sby-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; sby-  
Epson Service  
Center Yogyakarta  
YAP Square, Block A No. 6 Jl. C Simanjutak  
Yogyakarta - DIY  
0274 581 065  
ygy-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; ygy-  
Epson Service  
Center Jember  
JL. Panglima Besar Sudirman Ruko no.1D  
Jember-Jawa Timur (Depan Balai Penelitian  
& Pengolahan Kakao)  
0331- 488373 / 486468  
jmr-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
MANADO  
EPSON SALES AND  
SERVICE Manado  
Jl. Piere Tendean Blok D No 4 Kawasan  
Mega Mas Boulevard - Manado 95111  
0431- 8805896  
MND-ADMIN@EPSON-  
INDONESIA.CO.ID; MND-  
TECHNICAL@EPSON-  
INDONESIA.CO.ID  
CIREBON  
EPSON SERVICE  
CENTER Cirebon  
Jl. Tuparev No. 04 ( Depan Hotel Apita )  
Cirebon, JAWA BARAT  
0231– 8800846  
cbn-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
293  
>
>
Province  
Company Name  
Address  
Phone  
E-mail  
CIKARANG  
EPSON SALES AND  
SERVICE CIKARANG  
Ruko Metro Boulevard B1 Jababeka  
cikarang - Jawa Barat,  
021- 89844301 / 29082424  
ckg-admin@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; ckg-  
MADIUN  
PURWOKERTO  
BOGOR  
EPSON SERVICE  
CENTER MADIUN  
Jl. Diponegoro No.56, MADIUN - JAWA  
TIMUR  
0351- 4770248  
mun-admin@epson-  
indonesia.co.id ; mun-  
EPSON SALES AND  
SERVICE Purwokerto  
Jl. Jendral Sudirman No. 4 Kranji  
Purwokerto - JAWA TENGAH  
0281- 6512213  
pwt-admin@epson-  
indonesia.co.id ; pwt-  
EPSON SALES AND  
SERVICE Bogor  
Jl.Pajajaran No 15B Kel Bantarjati Kec Bogor  
Utara - JAWA BARAT 16153  
0251- 8310026  
bgr-admin@epson-  
indonesia.co.id ; bgr-  
SERANG  
PALU  
EPSON SERVICE  
CENTER Serang  
Jl. Ahmad Yani No.45C, SERANG - BANTEN  
Jl. Juanda No. 58, Palu - Sulteng  
0254- 7912503  
srg-admin@epson-  
indonesia.co.id ; srg-  
EPSON SALES AND  
SERVICE Palu  
0451- 4012 881  
plw-admin@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; plw-  
BANJARMASI  
N
EPSON SERVICE  
CENTER  
Jl. Gatot Soebroto NO. 153 BANJARMASIN -  
KALSEL 70235  
0511- 6744135 (TEKNISI) /  
3266321(ADMIN)  
BANJARMASIN  
bdj-technical@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
DENPASAR  
JAKARTA  
EPSON SALES AND  
SERVICE Denpasar  
JL. MAHENDRADATA NO. 18, DENPASAR -  
BALI  
0361- 3446699 / 9348428  
dps-admin@epson-  
indonesia.co.id; dps-  
EPSON SALES AND  
SERVICE CILANDAK  
CIBIS Business Park Tower 9 LT. MEZZANINE,  
Jalan TB Simatupang No.2, Jakarta Selatan -  
DKI JAKARTA 12560  
021- 80866777  
esscibis.support1@epson-  
indonesia.co.id;  
esscibis.support2@epson-  
indonesia.co.id;  
esscibis.admin@epson-  
indonesia.co.id;  
esscibis.sales@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
294  
>
>
Province  
Company Name  
Address  
Phone  
E-mail  
SURABAYA  
EPSON SALES AND  
SERVICE SURABAYA  
(GUBENG)  
JL. RAYA GUBENG NO. 62, SURABAYA - JAWA  
TIMUR  
031- 99444940 / 99446299 /  
99446377  
esssby.support@epson-  
indonesia.co.id  
AMBON  
EPSON SERVICE  
CENTER AMBON  
Jl. Diponegoro No.37 (Samping Bank  
Mandiri Syariah) Kel.Ahusen, Kec.Sirimau -  
Ambon 97127  
-
For other cities not listed here, call the Hot Line: 08071137766.  
Help for Users in Hong Kong  
To obtain technical support as well as other aſter-sales services, users are welcome to contact Epson Hong Kong  
Limited.  
Internet Home Page  
Epson Hong Kong has established a local home page in both Chinese and English on the Internet to provide users  
with the following information:  
Product information  
Answers to Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)  
Latest versions of Epson product drivers  
Technical Support Hotline  
You can also contact our technical staff at the following telephone and fax numbers:  
Phone: 852-2827-8911  
Fax: 852-2827-4383  
Help for Users in Malaysia  
Contacts for information, support, and services are:  
World Wide Web  
Information on product specifications, drivers for download  
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail  
Epson Call Centre  
Phone: 1800-81-7349 (Toll Free)  
295  
   
>
>
Sales enquiries and product information  
Product usage questions or problems  
Enquiries on repair services and warranty  
Head Office  
Phone: 603-56288288  
Fax: 603-5628 8388/603-5621 2088  
Help for Users in the Philippines  
To obtain technical support as well as other aſter sales services, users are welcome to contact the Epson Philippines  
Corporation at the telephone, fax numbers and e-mail address below:  
World Wide Web  
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and E-mail  
Enquiries are available.  
Epson Philippines Customer Care  
Toll Free: (PLDT) 1-800-1069-37766  
Toll Free: (Digital) 1-800-3-0037766  
Metro Manila: (632) 8441 9030  
Accessible 9am to 6pm, Monday through Saturday (Except public holidays)  
Our Customer Care team can help you with the following over the phone:  
Sales enquiries and product information  
Product usage questions or problems  
Enquiries on repair service and warranty  
Epson Philippines Corporation  
Trunk Line: +632-706-2609  
Fax: +632-706-2663  
296  
 

Toshiba Ras 10skx User Manual
Tecumseh Automobile Parts Oh195ep User Manual
Spt Wa 1310h User Manual
Schumacher Jump Starter And Dc Power Source Dc Power Supply Ip 1875c User Manual
Sanyo Rcs Sh80ug User Manual
HP 2512 User Manual
DENON AVR X6300H 02 User Manual
CRAFTSMAN 536.887251 1 User Manual
BLACK DECKER LDX116 User Manual
ASUS X555Y 02 User Manual